Sony | CCD-TRV101E | Sony CCD-TRV101E Operating Instructions

3-858-310-11 (1)
Video Camera
Recorder H
Operating Instructions
Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly,
and retain it for future reference.
àçëíêìäñàü èé ùäëèãìÄíÄñàà
è ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡ ‚ÌËχÚÂθÌÓ Ô Ó˜ÚËÚÂ,
ÔÓʇÎÛÈÒÚ‡,‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚ÓËÒÓı ‡ÌflÈÚ„ӉÎfl
‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯËı ÒÔ ‡‚ÓÍ.
CCD-TRV101E
©1996 by Sony Corporation
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
English
WARNING
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not
expose the unit to rain or moisture.
To avoid electrical shock, do not open the
cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified
personnel only.
Certain countries may require disposal of the
battery used to power this product.
Please consult with your local authority.
èêÖÑìèêÖÜÑÖçàÖ
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ÓÁ„Ó ‡ÌËfl ËÎË
ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓ„ÓÛ‰‡ ‡ÌÂ
‚˚ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ̇ ‰Óʉ¸ ËÎË
‚·„Û.
ÇÓ ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ÔÓ ‡ÊÂÌËfl ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÏ
ÚÓÍÓÏ Ì ÓÚÍ ˚‚‡ÈÚ ÍÓ ÔÛÒ. á‡
Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ó· ‡˘‡Ú¸Òfl ÚÓθÍÓ Í
Í‚‡ÎËÙËˆË Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÏÛ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡˛˘ÂÏÛ
Ô ÒÓ̇ÎÛ.
Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚ı ÒÚ ‡Ì‡ı ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÚ Â·Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl
ÎË͂ˉ‡ˆËfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇,
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl‰‡ÌÌÓ„ÓËÁ‰ÂÎËfl.äÓÌÒÛθÚË ÛÈÚÂÒ¸,
ÔÓʇÎÛÈÒÚ‡, ̇ LJ¯ÂÏ ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏ
ÛÔÓÎÌÓÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÏÔ Â‰Ô ËflÚËË.
2
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Table of contents
é„·‚ÎÂÌËÂ
Before you begin
è ‰ ̇˜ÎÓÏ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Using this manual 4
Checking supplied accessories 6
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ 4
è ӂ ͇ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚ı Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ 6
Getting started
Basic operations
Camera recording 12
Using the zoom feature 16
Shooting with the LCD screen 18
Hints for better shooting 19
Checking the recorded picture 22
Playing back a tape 23
Displaying the date or time when you
recorded – data code function 26
Searching for the end of the picture 28
Advanced operations
Using alternative power sources 29
Using the mains 29
Changing the mode settings 32
—for camera recording—
Letting the subject monitor the shot 37
Recording with the date or time 39
Fade-in and fade-out 40
Enjoying picture effect 42
Using the wide mode function 44
Shooting scenery in several short takes 46
Superimposing a title 47
Making your own original titles 50
Releasing the STEADYSHOT function 52
Using the PROGRAM AE function 54
Focusing manually 56
Adjusting the exposure 58
Shooting with backlighting 60
Rerecording a picture in the middle of a recorded
tape 61
Optimizing the tape condition before recording 63
—for playing back/editing—
Watching on a TV screen 65
Searching the boundaries of recorded tape 67
Returning to a pre-registered position 69
Locating the marking position 71
Writing the RC time code on a recorded tape 77
Editing onto another tape 79
Recording from a VCR or TV 81
Additional Information
Charging the vanadium-lithium battery in the
camcorder 83
Resetting the date and time 84
Usable cassettes and playback modes 85
Tips for using the battery pack 87
Maintenance information and precautions 91
Using your camcorder abroad 95
Trouble check 96
Specifications 106
Identifying the parts 108
Warning indicators 118
Index 119
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ 7
ÇÒÚ‡‚͇ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ 11
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ 12
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ 16
ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ 18
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË 19
è ӂ ͇ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl 22
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÎÂÌÚ˚ 23
éÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË –
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı 26
èÓËÒÍ ÍÓ̈‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl 28
ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸Ú ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl 29
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË 29
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÂÊËÏÓ‚ 32
— ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ —
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰Îfl ÒÌËχÂÏÓ„Ó ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ 37
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ‰‡ÚÓÈ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ 39
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚‚‰ÂÌË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl 40
ç‡Ò·ʉÂÌË ˝ÙÂÍÚ‡ÏË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl 42
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ 44
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‡ Á‡ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÍÓ ÓÚÍËı Ô ËÂÏÓ‚
46
ç‡ÎÓÊÂÌË ̇‰ÔËÒË 47
ëÓÁ‰‡ÌË LJ¯Ëı ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ̇‰ÔËÒÂÈ 50
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË STEADYSHOT 52
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË PROGRAM AE 54
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡ 56
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË 58
ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ò Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚÍÓÈ 60
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl‚Ò ‰ËÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÎÂÌÚ˚ 61
éÔÚËÏËÁ‡ˆËfl ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ô ‰ Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛ 63
Before you begin / è ‰ ̇˜ÎÓÏ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Charging and installing the battery pack 7
Inserting a cassette 11
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
— ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl/ÏÓÌڇʇ —
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ 65
èÓËÒÍ „ ‡Ìˈ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ‰‡Ú 67
ÇÓÁ‚ ‡ÚÍÔ Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓÁ‡ „ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓÁˈËË 69
ç‡ıÓʉÂÌË ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË 71
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC ̇ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌÚÂ
77
åÓÌÚ‡Ê Ì‡ ‰ Û„Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ 79
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò äÇå ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ 81
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  83
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË 84
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ë ÂÊËÏ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl85
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ 87
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û Á‡ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏ Ë
Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
91
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡ „ ‡ÌˈÂÈ
95
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ 101
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡ ‡ÍÚ ËÒÚËÍË 107
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ 108
è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘Ë Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ 118
ÄÎÙ‡‚ËÚÌ˚È Û͇Á‡ÚÂθ ᇉÌflfl Ó·ÎÓÊ͇
3
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Before you begin
è ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Using this manual
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡
Welcome to Video
H
ÑÓ· Ó ÔÓʇÎÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚
‚ˉÂÓÏË H
Congratulations on your purchase of this
Sony Handycam® camcorder. With your
Handycam you can capture life’s precious
moments with superior picture and sound
quality.
Your Handycam is loaded with advanced
features, but at the same time it is very easy
to use. You will soon be producing home
video that you can enjoy for years to come.
èÓÁ‰ ‡‚ÎflÂÏ Ç‡Ò Ò Ô ËÓ· ÂÚÂÌËÂÏ
‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Handycam® ÙË Ï˚
Sony. ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Handycam Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡Ô˜‡ÚÎÂÚ¸
‰Ó Ó„ËÂ Ç‡Ï Ï„ÌÓ‚ÂÌËfl ÊËÁÌË Ò
Ô Â‚ÓÒıÓ‰Ì˚Ï Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚ÓÏ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë
Á‚Û͇.
LJ¯‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Handycam ÓÒ̇˘Â̇
ÛÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ÏË ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË, ÌÓ ‚
ÚÓ Ê ‚ ÂÏfl  ӘÂ̸ ΄ÍÓ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸. ÇÒÍÓ Â Ç˚ ·Û‰ÂÚÂ
ÒÓÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ÒÂÏÂÈÌ˚ ‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚,
ÍÓÚÓ ˚ÏË ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ò·ʉ‡Ú¸Òfl
‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯË „Ó‰˚.
As you read through this manual, buttons and
settings on the camcorder are shown in capital
letters.
e.g., Set the POWER switch to CAMERA.
As indicated with
in the illustrations, you can
hear the beep sound to confirm your operation.
Note on TV colour systems
TV colour systems differ from country to
country. To view your recordings on a TV, you
need a PAL system-based TV.
Precaution on copyright
Television programmes, films, video tapes, and
other materials may be copyrighted.
Unauthorized recording of such materials may
be contrary to the provision of the copyright
laws.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ˜ËÚ‡Ú¸ ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó,
Û˜ËÚ˚‚‡ÈÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ÔÓ͇Á‡Ì˚ Á‡„·‚Ì˚ÏË ·ÛÍ‚‡ÏË.
è ËÏ. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA.
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ËÒÛÌ͇ı Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl Á̇Í
, ÚÓ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ
Ò˄̇Π‰Îfl ÔӉڂ ʉÂÌËfl LJ¯ÂÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÒËÒÚÂχÏ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl
ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ÓÚ΢‡˛ÚÒfl
‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÒÚ ‡Ì˚. ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡
LJ¯Ëı Á‡ÔËÒÂÈ ÔÓ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û Ç‡Ï
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ,
ÓÒÌÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È Ì‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ PAL.
è ‰ÓÒÚ ÂÊÂÌË ӷ ‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓÏ
Ô ‡‚Â
íÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚Â Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚, ÍËÌÓÙËθÏ˚,
‚ˉÂÓÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë ‰ Û„Ë χÚ ˇÎ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸
Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚ ‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍËÏ Ô ‡‚ÓÏ.
çÂÔ ‡‚ÓÏӘ̇fl Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ú‡ÍËı χÚ ˇÎÓ‚
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ÓÚË‚Ó Â˜ËÚ¸ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËflÏ Á‡ÍÓ̇ Ó·
‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓÏ Ô ‡‚Â.
4
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Precautions on camcorder care
[a]
[b]
Contents of the recording cannot be
compensated if recording or playback is not
made due to a malfunction of the camcorder,
video tape, etc.
• ç ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÈÚ ÔÂÒÍÛ ÔÓÔ‡ÒÚ¸ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ ÔÂÒ˜‡ÌÓÏ ÔÎflÊ ËÎË ‚
Ô˚θÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ, Ô Â‰Óı ‡ÌflÈڠ ÓÚ
ÔÂÒ͇ ËÎË Ô˚ÎË. èÂÒÓÍ ËÎË Ô˚θ ÏÓ„ÛÚ
‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡, Ë ‚
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ˝Ú‡ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸
Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ [a].
• ç ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Â·ڸÒfl
‚·ÊÌÓÈ. è ‰Óı ‡ÌflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ÓÚ
‰Óʉfl ËÎË ÏÓ ÒÍÓÈ ‚Ó‰˚. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
̇ÏÓ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, ÚÓ ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ
‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡, Ë ‚
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ˝Ú‡ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸
Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ [b].
• çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ Ò‚˚¯Â 60°ë
(140°F), Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ,
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÏ Ì‡ ÒÓÎ̈ ËÎË ÔÓ‰
Ô fl Ï ˚ Ï Ë Ò Ó Î Ì Â ˜ Ì ˚ Ï Ë Î Û ˜ ‡ Ï Ë [ Ò ] .
Before you begin / è ‰ ̇˜ÎÓÏ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
• Do not let sand get into the camcorder.
When you use the camcorder on a sandy
beach or in a dusty place, protect it from the
sand or dust. Sand or dust may cause the
unit to malfunction, and sometimes this
malfunction cannot be repaired [a].
• Do not let the camcorder get wet. Keep the
camcorder away from rain and sea water.
Letting the camcorder get wet may cause
the unit to malfunction, and sometimes this
malfunction cannot be repaired [b].
• Never leave the camcorder exposed to
temperatures above 60°C (140°F), such as in
a car parked in the sun or under direct
sunlight [c].
è ‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚËÔÓÛıÓ‰ÛÁ‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
[c]
ëӉ ÊËÏÓ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
ÍÓÏÔÂÌÒË Ó‚‡ÌÓ, ÂÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ì ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚÒfl
‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚,
‚ˉÂÓÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë Ú.‰.
5
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Checking supplied
accessories
Check that the following accessories are supplied
with your camcorder.
è ӂ ͇
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚ı
Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ
è Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
Ô Ë·„‡˛ÚÒfl Í Ç‡¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 Wireless Remote Commander (1) (p. 112)
2 NP-F530 battery pack (1) (p. 7)
3 AC-V615 AC power adaptor (1) (p. 7, 29)
4 R6 (size AA) battery for Remote
Commander (2) (p. 113)
1 ÅÂÒÔ Ó‚Ó‰Ì˚È ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (1) (ÒÚ . 112)
2 Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F530 (1) (ÒÚ . 7)
3 ëÂÚ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ AC-V615
(ÒÚ . 7, 29)
(1)
5 Shoulder strap (1) (p. 111)
4 Ňڇ ÂÈ͇ R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ) ‰Îfl ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (2) (ÒÚ . 113)
6 A/V connecting cable (1) (p. 65)
5 èΘ‚ÓÈ ÂÏÂ̸ (1) (ÒÚ . 111)
7 ETA-26 Handycam Station adaptor (1)
(p. 115)
8 DK-626 connecting cord (1) (p. 29)
6 ëÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ
(1) (ÒÚ . 65)
7 ĉ‡ÔÚ Òڇ̈ËË Handycam ETA-26 (1)
(ÒÚ .115)
8 ëÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ DK-626 (1) (ÒÚ . 29)
6
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Getting started
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Charging and installing
the battery pack
“InfoLITHIUM” is a trademark of Sony
Corporation.
Charging the battery pack
(1) Connect the mains lead to the AC power
adaptor.
(2) Align the surface of the battery pack indicated
by the z mark with the edge of the terminal
shutter of the AC power adaptor. Then fit
and slide the battery pack in the direction of
the arrow.
(3) Connect the AC power cord to mains. The
CHARGE lamp (orange) lights up. Charging
begins.
When the CHARGE lamp goes out, normal
charge is completed (Normal charge). For a full
charge, which allows you to use the battery
longer than usual, leave the battery pack in place
for approximately one hour (Full charge).
Unplug the cord from the mains, then remove the
battery pack and install it into the camcorder.
You can also use the battery pack before it is
completely charged.
1
2
è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ç‡¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Ç‡Ï ÌÛÊÌÓ ÒÔ ‚‡ Á‡ fl‰ËÚ¸ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. ÑÎfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ
‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„ÓÚÓ͇.
чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÓÚ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ “InfoLITHIUM”, ͇Í
Ì‡Ô ËÏ , NP-F530. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂ
͇ÍÓÈ-ÎË·Ó ‰ Û„ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‰Îfl
‡·ÓÚ˚ Ò Ç‡¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ, ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ËÎË Ò ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÍÓ Ó˜Â.
“InfoLITHIUM” fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÓ‚‡ Ì˚Ï Á̇ÍÓÏ
äÓ ÔÓ ‡ˆËËSony.
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
(1) èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰ÍÒÂÚ‚ÓÏÛ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ÛÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
(2) ëÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÚÂ ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇, ÓÚϘÂÌÌÛ˛ Á̇ÍÓÏ z , Ò Í ‡ÂÏ
‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈÁ‡‰‚ËÊÍËÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇. á‡ÚÂÏ Òӄ·ÒÛÈÚÂ Ë ‰‚Ë„‡ÈÚÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÒÚ ÂÎÍË.
(3) èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓȯÌÛ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇Í
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈÒÂÚË.
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE (Ó ‡ÌÊ‚‡fl) ·Û‰ÂÚ
„Ó ÂÚ¸. ᇠfl‰Í‡ ̇˜‡Î‡Ò¸.
äÓ„‰‡ ·ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ, ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl
Á‡ fl‰Í‡ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇ ( ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ).
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË, ÍÓÚÓ ‡fl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ç‡Ï
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‰Óθ¯Â, ˜ÂÏ
Ó·˚˜ÌÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÂ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ Ó‰ËÌ ˜‡Ò ( ÔÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ).
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ¯ÌÛ ÓÚ ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË. ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ÒÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
Â„Ó Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û. Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‰Ó ÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ÓÌ
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛Á‡ fl‰ËÚÒfl.
Getting started / èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Before using your camcorder, you first need to
charge and install the battery pack. To charge
the battery pack, use the supplied AC power
adaptor.
This camcorder operates with the InfoLITHIUM
battery pack such as the NP-F530. If you use any
other battery pack to operate your camcorder, the
camcorder may not operate or battery life may be
shorten.
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
3
CHARGE
7
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Charging and installing the
battery pack
Charging time
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Ç ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË
Battery pack
Charging time *
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
Ç ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË*
NP-F530 (supplied)
170 (110)
NP-F530(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
170 (110)
Numbers in parentheses indicate the time for a
normal charge. (Normal charge)
* Approximate number of minutes to charge an
empty battery pack fully using the supplied AC
power adaptor. (Full charge) (Lower
temperatures require a longer charging time.)
Battery life (using the viewfinder)
Battery
pack
Continuous
Typical
recording time recording time
**
***
NP-F530
(supplied)
135 (120)
80 (70)
óËÒ· ‚ ÒÍӷ͇ı Û͇Á˚‚‡˛Ú ‚ ÂÏfl ‰Îfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË. ( çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡
* è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı ‰Îfl
ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË ‡Á flÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇. ( èÓÎ̇fl
Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ) (è Ë ·ÓΠÌËÁÍËı ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ı
ÔÓÚ Â·ÛÂÚÒfl ·ÓΠ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ fl‰ÍË.)
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ (Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ
Ç ÂÏfl ÌÂÔ Â ˚‚ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË**
Ç ÂÏfl
ÚËÔ˘ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË***
NP-F530
(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
135 (120)
80 (75)
Battery life (using the LCD screen)
Battery
pack
Continuous Typical
Playing
recording
recording time on
time **
time *** LCD
NP-F530
(supplied)
95 (85)
55 (50)
90 (80)
Numbers in parentheses indicate the time when
you use a normal charged battery pack.
** Approximate number of minutes to record
continuously indoors
*** Approximate number of minutes when
recording with repeated recording start/stop,
standby, zooming and turning the power on/
off. The actual battery life may be shorter.
Note on remaining battery time indication
during recording
Remaining battery time is displayed in the
viewfinder or on the LCD screen. It may not be
displayed properly, however, depending on the
conditions and circumstances of use.
8
)
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ (Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ˝Í ‡Ì‡
ÜäÑ)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ ˚ È
·ÎÓÍ
NP-F530
(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
Ç ÂÏfl
ÌÂÔ Â ˚‚ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË**
95 (85)
Ç ÂÏfl
Ç ÂÏfl
ÚËÔ˘ÌÓÈ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ–
Á‡ÔËÒË*** ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇
ÜäÑ
55 (50)
90 (80)
óËÒ· ‚ ÒÍӷ͇ı Û͇Á˚‚‡˛Ú ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ÏËÌÛÚ ‰Îfl ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ
Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
** è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ÌÂÔ Â ˚‚ÌÓÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË.
*** è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı Ô Ë
Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ÔÓ‚ÚÓ Ì˚Ï Ì‡˜‡ÎÓÏ/ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÏ
Á‡ÔËÒË, ÂÊËÏÓÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,̇ÂÁ‰ÓÏ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ë ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ/
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. î‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍËÈ Ò ÓÍ
ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ÍÓ Ó˜Â.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Û͇Á‡Ì˲ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl
‚ ÂÏÂÌË ‡·ÓÚ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
éÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ ÂÏfl ‡·ÓÚ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. éÌÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl
Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ Ë
Ó·ÒÚÓflÚÂθÒÚ‚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ÑÎfl ÒÌflÚËfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Slide the battery pack in the direction of the
arrow.
뉂Ë̸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË
ÒÚ ÂÎÍË.
Notes on charging the battery pack
•The CHARGE lamp will remain lit for a while
even if the battery pack is removed and the
mains lead is unplugged after charging the
battery pack. This is normal.
•If the CHARGE lamp does not light, disconnect
the mains lead. After about one minute,
reconnect the mains lead again.
•You cannot charge the battery pack while
operating the camcorder using the AC power
adaptor.
•When a fully charged battery pack is installed,
the CHARGE lamp will light once, then go out.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ fl‰Í ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
• ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl „Ó fl˘ÂÈ Ì‡
Ô ÓÚflÊÂÌËË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÌflÚ Ë ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ Ô Ó‚Ó‰
ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓÚÒÂÚËÔÓÒÎÂÁ‡ fl‰ÍË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
• ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE Ì „Ó ËÚ,
ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔÓ‚Ó‰.
è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ˜Â ÂÁ Ó‰ÌÛ ÏËÌÛÚÛ ÒÌÓ‚‡
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔÓ‚Ó‰.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ flʇڸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇.
• äÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE
Á‡„Ó ËÚÒflÓ‰ËÌ ‡Á,‡Á‡ÚÂÏÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ.
Getting started / èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
To remove the battery pack
9
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Charging and installing the
battery pack
ᇠfl‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Installing the battery pack
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
2
TR
OFF
CA
1
V
(1) Set the POWER switch to OFF to prevent
misoperation of the camcorder.
(2) To open the lid of the battery compartment,
slide down the OPEN (BATT) release lever.
(3) Insert the battery pack in the direction of the
arrow.
(4) Close the lid until it clicks.
ME
RA
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF ‰Îfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl
ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
(2) ÑÎfl ÓÚÍ ˚‚‡ÌËfl Í ˚¯ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
ÓÚÒÂ͇ Ò‰‚Ë̸Ú ˚˜‡„ ÓÚ·ÎÓÍË Ó‚ÍË
OPEN (BATT) ‚ÌËÁ.
(3) ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË
ÒÚ ÂÎÍË.
(4) á‡Í ÓÈÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ, ÔÓ͇ Ó̇ Ì ÁÓ˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚÒfl.
3
4
To remove the battery pack
ÑÎfl ÒÌflÚËfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Open the lid of the battery compartment. Then
release the BATT release lever, and remove the
battery pack. When removing the batterypack,
keep the lid of the battery compartment upright
so that the battery pack does not fall out.
éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇. á‡ÚÂÏ
ÓÒ‚Ó·Ó‰ËÚ ˚˜‡„ ÓÚ·ÎÓÍË Ó‚ÍË BATT Ë
ÒÌËÏËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. è Ë ÒÌflÚËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‰Â ÊËÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ ‚ ÚË͇θÌÓ, Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì ‚˚Ô‡Î.
BATT
10
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Inserting a cassette
V
1
TR
OFF
2
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
Hi8,ÚÓËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂHi8-‚ˉÂÓ͇ÒÒÂÚÛH.
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ OFF.
(2) 뉂Ë̸Ú OPEN/EJECT ÒÌËÁÛ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÒÚ ÂÎÍË.
ä‡ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È ÓÚÒÂÍ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÔÓ‰ÌËχÂÚÒfl Ë ÓÚÍ ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl.
(3) ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ ÓÍÓ¯ÍÓÏ, Ó· ‡˘ÂÌÌ˚Ï
̇ ÛÊÛ.
(4) á‡Í ÓÈÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È ÓÚÒÂÍ ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl
Á͇̇
̇ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌÓÏ ÓÚÒÂÍÂ.
ä‡ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È ÓÚÒÂÍ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÓÔÛÒÚËÚÒfl‚ÌËÁ.
(5) á‡Í ÓÈÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ, ÔÓ͇ Ó̇ ÌÂ
Á‡˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚÒfl.
3
4
CA
ME
RA
To eject the cassette
ÑÎfl ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
Slide OPEN/EJECT outward.
뉂Ë̸Ú OPEN/EJECT ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË
̇ ÛÊÛ.
Getting started / èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Í ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
Make sure that the power source is installed.
When you want to record in the Hi8 system, use
Hi8 video cassette H.
(1) Set the POWER switch to OFF.
(2) Slide OPEN/EJECT on the bottom of the
camcorder in the direction of the arrow. The
cassette compartment automatically lifts up
and opens.
(3) Insert a cassette with the window facing out.
(4) Close the cassette compartment by pressing
the
mark on the cassette compartment.
The cassette compartment automatically goes
down.
(5) Close the lid until it clicks.
ÇÒÚ‡‚͇ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
To prevent accidental erasure
Slide the tab on the cassette to expose the red
mark. If you insert the cassette with the red
mark exposed and close the cassette
compartment, the beeps sound for a while. If
you try to record with the red mark exposed,
the L and 6 indicators flash in the viewfinder
or on the LCD screen, and you cannot record. To
re-record on this tape, slide the tab back out
covering the red mark.
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó
ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
뉂Ë̸Ú ÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ Ì‡ ͇ÒÒÂÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ·˚ÎÓ
‚ˉÌÓ Í ‡ÒÌÛ˛ ÏÂÚÍÛ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ËÚÂ
͇ÒÒÂÚÛ, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ ÓÈ ‚ˉ̇ Í ‡Ò̇fl ÏÂÚ͇, Ë
Á‡Í ÓÂÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È ÓÚÒÂÍ, ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È
Ò˄̇Π·Û‰ÂÚ Á‚Û˜‡Ú¸ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó„Ó
‚ ÂÏÂÌË. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ‚˚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ Í ‡ÒÌÓÈ ÏÂÚÍÓÈ, ÚÓ
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ L Ë 6 ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í̇ÌÂË ÜäÑ Ë Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË Á‡ÔËÒ¸. ÑÎfl ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl
ÌÓ‚ÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ Ú‡ÍÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò‰‚Ë̸ÚÂ
ÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ Ì‡Á‡‰ ‰Îfl Á‡Í ˚ÚËfl Í ‡ÒÌÓÈ ÏÂÚÍË.
11
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Basic operations
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Camera recording
Make sure that the power source is installed and
a cassette is inserted. When you use the
camcorder for the first time, power on it and
reset the date and time before you start recording
(p. 84).
Before you record one-time events, you may
want to make a trial recording to make sure that
the camcorder is working correctly.
To save battery power, the picture in the
viewfinder appears only when you bring your
face close to the viewfinder (Finder power save).
(1) Remove the lens cap.
(2) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to CAMERA. The
camcorder is set to Standby mode.
(3) Slide START/STOP MODE to .
(4) Press START/STOP. The camcorder starts
recording. “REC” appears in the viewfinder.
V
2
TR
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ
Ë Í‡ÒÒÂÚ‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ Ô ‚˚È ‡Á, ÚÓ ‚Íβ˜Ëڠ Ë
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl Ô ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ
Á‡ÔËÒË(ÒÚ .84).
è ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ç˚ ̇˜ÌÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸
Ó‰ÌÓ ‡ÁÓ‚˚ı ÒÓ·˚ÚËÈ, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ıÓÚÂÚ¸
Ò‰ÂÎ‡Ú¸Ô Ó·ÌÛ˛Á‡ÔËÒ¸‰ÎflÔӉڂ ʉÂÌËfl, ˜ÚÓ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
ÑÎfl ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÚÓθÍÓ ÚÓ„‰‡, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Ô Ë·ÎËʇÂÚ LJ¯Â
ÎËˆÓ Í ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ (˝ÍÓÌÓÏËfl Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇) .
(1) ëÌËÏËÚÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡.
(2) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA. ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË.
(3) è ‰‚Ë̸Ú START/STOP MODE ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ .
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP. ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ “REC”
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
3 START/STOP MODE
STBY
0:00:00
1
OFF
CA
ME
RA
40min
5SEC
V
4
TR
REC
0:00:00
OFF
CA
ME
RA
40min
To stop recording momentarily [a]
ÑÎfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Á‡ÔËÒË [a]
Press START/STOP. The “STBY” indicator
appears in the viewfinder (Standby mode).
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ “STBY”
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ( ÂÊËÏ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË).
12
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
To finish recording [b]
ÑÎfl ÓÍÓ̘‡ÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË [b]
Press START/STOP again to stop recording. Set
the POWER switch to OFF. Then, eject the
cassette and remove the battery pack.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
Á‡ÔËÒË. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ Ë
Û‰‡ÎËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
OFF
TR
OFF
40min
To focus the viewfinder lens
If you cannot see the indicators in the viewfinder
clearly, or after someone else has used the
camcorder, focus the viewfinder lens. Move the
viewfinder lens adjustment lever so that the
indicators in the viewfinder come into sharp
focus.
Note on Standby mode
If you leave the camcorder in Standby mode for 5
minutes while the cassette is inserted, the
camcorder turns off automatically. This prevents
wearing down the battery and wearing out the
tape. To resume Standby mode, while pressing
the small green button on the POWER switch, set
it to OFF once, and then to CAMERA. To start
recording, press START/STOP.
Note on recording
When you record from the beginning of a tape,
run the tape for about 15 seconds before starting
the actual recording. This will ensure that you
will not miss any start-up scenes when you play
back the tape.
ME
CA
RA
TR
OFF
CA
CA
ME
V
[b]
V
V
STBY
0:35:20
TR
RA
ME
RA
ÑÎfl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ˜ÂÚÍÓ ‚ˉÂÚ¸
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË ÔÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó,
Í‡Í ÍÚÓ-ÚÓ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Î ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û,
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl. è ‰‚Ë̸Ú ˚˜‡„
„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl, Ú‡Í,
˜ÚÓ·˚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ·˚ÎË
˜ÂÚÍÓ ÒÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚‡Ì˚.
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
[a]
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÂÊËÏÛ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ Ô Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ
͇ÒÒÂÚÂ, ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.ùÚÓÔ Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚ ‡ÒıÓ‰
Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ Ë ËÁÌÓÒ ÎÂÌÚ˚.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÂÊËχ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,
̇ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER , ÒÔ ‚‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
CAMERA. ÑÎfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
START/STOP.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Á‡ÔËÒË
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡
ÎÂÌÚ˚, Ô ÂχÚ˚‚‡ÈÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 15
ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ô ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ Ù‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
ùÚÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ „‡ ‡ÌÚË Ó‚‡Ú¸, ˜ÚÓ Ç˚ ÌÂ
Ô ÓÔÛÒÚËÚ ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó Ì‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı
Ù ‡„ÏÂÌÚÓ‚,ÍÓ„‰‡·Û‰ÂÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸
ÎÂÌÚÛ.
13
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Camera recording
Notes on recording mode
•This camcorder records and plays back in SP
(standard play) mode and in LP (long play)
mode. Select SP or LP in the menu system. The
playback quality in LP mode, however, will not
be as good as that in SP mode.
•When a tape recorded on this camcorder in LP
mode is played back on other types of 8 mm
camcorders or VCRs, the playback quality may
not be as good as that on this camcorder.
Notes on the tape counter
•The tape counter indicates the recording or
playback time. Use it as a guide. There will be
a time lag of several seconds from the actual
time. To set the counter to zero, press
COUNTER RESET.
•If the tape is recorded in SP and LP modes
mixed, the tape counter shows incorrect
recording time. When you intend to edit the
tape using the tape counter, record in same (SP
or LP) mode.
Note on the beep sound
in the illustrations, a beep
As indicated with
sounds when you turn the power on or when
you start recording, and two beeps sound when
you stop recording, confirming the operation.
Several beeps also sound as a warning of any
unusual condition of the camcorder.
Note that the beep sound is not recorded on the
tape. If you do not want to hear the beep sound,
select “OFF” in the menu system.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÂÊËÏÛ Á‡ÔËÒË
• чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ‚ ÂÊËÏÂSP(Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl) Ë ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP
(Û‰ÎËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl). Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ
SP ËÎË LP ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ,
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ Ú‡ÍËÏ ıÓ Ó¯ËÏ, Í‡Í ‚ ÂÊËÏ SP.
• äÓ„‰‡ ÎÂÌÚ‡, Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP,
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ̇ ‰ Û„Ëı ÚËÔ‡ı 8-ÏÏ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ËÎË äÇå, ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ڇÍËÏ
ıÓ Ó¯ËÏ, Í‡Í Ô Ë ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË Ì‡
‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ò˜ÂÚ˜ËÍÛ ÎÂÌÚ˚
• ë˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ ÎÂÌÚ˚ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË
ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ
ÓÚÒÚ‡‚‡ÌË ÔÓ ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ
ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÓÚ Ù‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË. ÑÎfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ̇ ÌÛθ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
COUNTER RESET.
• ÖÒÎË ÎÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÔË҇̇ Ò ˜Â ‰ӂ‡ÌËÂÏ
ÂÊËÏÓ‚ SP Ë LP, ÚÓ Ò˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇Ï ‚‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸
ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇
ÎÂÌÚ˚, ÚÓ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÈÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ Ó‰ÌÓÏ Ë
ÚÓÏ ÊÂ ÂÊËÏÂ (SP ËÎË LP).
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÁÛÏÏ ÌÓÏÛ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ
Ò˄̇ÎÛ
ä‡Í Û͇Á‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ËÒÛÌ͇ı Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
, Ó‰ËÌ
ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇ΠÁ‚Û˜ËÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ËÎË Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸, Ë
‰‚‡ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚ı Ò˄̇· Á‚Û˜‡Ú, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸,ÔӉڂ ʉ‡flÚÂÏ
Ò‡Ï˚Ï ‡·ÓÚÛ. çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚ı
Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ Ú‡ÍÊ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‚Û˜‡Ú¸ ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â
Ô Â‰ÛÔ ÂʉÂÌËfl ͇ÍÓ„Ó-ÌË·Û‰¸ ÌÂÓ·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
á‡ÏÂÚ¸ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇ΠÌÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ÎÂÌÚÛ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇Î, ÚÓ ‚˚·Â ËÚÂ
“OFF” ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
14
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Selecting the start/stop mode
: When you press START/STOP, the
camcorder starts recording. When you press
the button again, the camcorder stops
recording. (factory setting)
: As long as you keep pressing START/STOP,
the camcorder records. When you release the
button, the camcorder stops recording.
5SEC: When you press START/STOP, the
camcorder records for 5 seconds and stops.
(p. 46)
When you select or 5SEC, you cannot use the
fade-in/fade-out function.
When you select 5SEC, the remaining tape
indicator is not displayed.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÙÛÌ͈ËË ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
•á‡ÔËÒ¸Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl,‰‡ÊÂÂÒÎË
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ ËÁ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
•ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ VF PW-SAVE
̇ OFF ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛, ÚÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ̠ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ, ‰‡Ê ÍÓ„‰‡
Ç˚ Û‰‡ÎflÂÚ ҂Ó ÎËˆÓ ÓÚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl Ò·Â ÂÊÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ËÌÓ„‰‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ
Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ËÁ-Á‡ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚÓ‚ ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó
ËÎË ÙÎÛÓ ÂÒˆÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡.
Ç˚·Ó ÂÊËχ Á‡ÔÛÒ͇/ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡
: äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ START/STOP,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
̇ÊËχÂÚ ˝ÚÛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÓÔflÚ¸
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
(ᇂӉÒ͇fl ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇)
: èÓ͇ Ç˚ ‰Â ÊËÚ START/STOP ‚
̇ʇÚÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÓÚÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ
Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
5SEC: äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ START/STOP,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÁ‡ÔËÒ¸‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ë ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl. (ÒÚ .
46)
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Notes on finder power save
•The recording continues even when the picture
in the viewfinder disappears during recording.
•If you set VF PW-SAVE to OFF in the menu
system, the picture in the viewfinder does not
disappear even when you turn your face away
from the viewfinder.
•The finder power save function sometimes does
not operate due to the effects of sunlight or
fluorescent light.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚÂ
ËÎË 5SEC, Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl/
‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚ 5SEC Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
START/STOP MODE
5SEC
15
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Camera recording
Using the zoom feature
Zooming is a recording technique that lets you
change the size of the subject in the scene.
For more professional-looking recordings, use
the zoom function sparingly.
“T” side: for telephoto (subject appears closer)
“W” side: for wide-angle (subject appears farther
away)
W
T
W
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
ç‡ÂÁ‰ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ
Ô ËÂÏÓÏ Á‡ÔËÒË, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ç‡Ï
ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ‡ÁÏ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ‡ ‚ ͇‰ Â. ÑÎfl ·ÓÎÂÂ
Ô ÓÙÂÒÒËÓ̇θÌӄӂˉ‡Á‡ÔËÒÂÈÛÏ ÂÌÌÓ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ̇ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
ëÚÓ Ó̇ “ í”: ‰Îfl ÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ (Ó·˙ÂÍÚ
Ô Ë·ÎËʇÂÚÒfl)
ëÚÓ Ó̇ “ W”: ‰Îfl ¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó Û„Î‡ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
(Ó·˙ÂÍÚ Û‰‡ÎflÂÚfl)
T
Zooming speed (Variable speed
zooming)
ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ ̇ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ (̇ÂÁ‰
Ò ‡Á΢ÌÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸˛)
Press the power zoom lever a little for a relatively
slow zoom; press it still more for a high-speed
zoom.
è ‰‚Ë̸Ú ˚˜‡„ Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó
Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡ ÌÂÏÌÓ„Ó ‰Îfl Ò ‡‚ÌËÚÂθÌÓ
ωÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚;
Ô ‰‚Ë̸ÚÂ Â„Ó Â˘Â ‰‡Î¸¯Â ‰Îfl ̇ÂÁ‰‡ ̇
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË.
When you shoot a subject using a telephoto
zoom
If you cannot get a sharp focus while in extreme
telephoto zoom, press the “W” side of the power
zoom lever until the focus is sharp. You can
shoot a subject that is at least about 100 cm away
from the lens surface in the telephoto position, or
1 cm away in the wide-angle position.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÒÌËχÂÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl
̇ÂÁ‰ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ˜ÂÚÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Í ‡ÈÌÂ„Ó Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡ ‚
ÂÊËÏ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ, Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÈÚ ˚˜‡„
Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„ÓÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡‚ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ“W”‰Ó
ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ç˚ Ì ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ ˜ÂÚÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÌËχڸ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ,
ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ÔÓ ÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ Ï  ̇ 100 ÒÏ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ
ÓÚ ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ, ËÎË Û‰‡ÎÂÌ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 1
ÒÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË ¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó Û„Î‡.
16
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
T
W
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÏÛ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ Û
• í ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ 10ı ÒÓÁ‰‡Ì ‚
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÏ ËÒÔÓÎÌÂÌËË, Ë Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÛıÛ‰¯‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓ Ï  LJ¯Â„Ó
‰‚ËÊÂÌËfl ‚ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ “í”. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ,
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ D ZOOM ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ OFF.
• Ç ÚË͇θ̇fl ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ ̇ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Â
Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„ÓÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡ ‡Á‰ÂÎflÂÚÁÓÌÛ
ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË (Ò΂‡ ÓÚ ÔÓÎÓÒ˚
[a]) Ë ÁÓÌÛ ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË (ÒÔ ‡‚‡
ÓÚ ÔÓÎÓÒ˚) [b]). ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ D ZOOM ̇ OFF, ÚÓ ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ÒÔ ‡‚‡
ÓÚÔÓÎÓÒ˚ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
• è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË, Í ‡ÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË
Û‚Â΢˂‡ÂÚÒfl ‰Ó 40ı.
W
T
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Notes on digital zoom
•More than 10x zoom is performed digitally, and
the picture quality deteriorates as you go
toward the “T” side. If you do not want to use
the digital zoom, set the D ZOOM function to
OFF in the menu system.
•The vertical bar in the power zoom indicator
separates the optical zooming zone (left of the
bar [a]) and the digital zooming zone (right of
the bar [b]). If you set the D ZOOM function to
OFF, the part to the right of the bar disappears.
•When using the digital zoom function, zooming
power is up to 40x.
[a] [b]
17
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Camera recording
Shooting with the LCD screen
You can also record the picture while looking at
the LCD screen.
While pressing PUSH OPEN, open the LCD
panel.
ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌÂÏ ˝Í ‡Ì‡
ÜäÑ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸, „Îfl‰fl ̇
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡Ê‡ÚË PUSH OPEN,
ÓÚÍ ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
PUSH OPEN
90°
Adjusting the LCD panel angle
Adjust the LCD panel to the angle you want. The
LCD panel moves about 90 degrees to this side
and about 210 degrees to the other side.
Adjusting the brightness of the LCD panel
Press LCD BRIGHT.
+ side: to brighten the LCD screen
– side: to dim the LCD screen
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ۄ· Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‰Ó Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó
ۄ·. è‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 90 „ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ ‚ Ó‰ÌÛ
ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ Ë Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 210 „ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ ‚
‰ Û„Û˛.
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ fl ÍÓÒÚË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ LCD BRIGHT.
ëÚÓ ÓÌÛ+: ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ·ÓΠfl ÍÓ„Ó
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
ëÚÓ ÓÌÛ–: ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ·ÓΠÚÛÒÍÎÓ„Ó
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
90°
210°
Notes on the LCD panel
•When closing the LCD panel, turn it vertically
until it clicks.
•When turning the LCD panel, turn it always
vertically; otherwise, the camcorder body may
be damaged or the LCD panel may not close
properly.
•Close the LCD panel completely when not in
use.
•Do not push nor touch the LCD when moving
the LCD panel.
•You may find it difficult to view the LCD
screen due to glare when using the camcorder
outdoors.
18
LCD BRIGHT
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
• è Ë Á‡Í ˚‚‡ÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ
ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡Èڠ ‚ ÚË͇θÌÓ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ ,
ÔÓ͇ Ó̇ Ì Á‡˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚÒfl.
• è Ë ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ ‰‚Ë„‡ÈÚ ÂÂ
Ò„‰‡ ‚ ÚË͇θÌÓ; ËÎË ‚ Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
ÍÓ ÔÛÒ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ ËÎË Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸
Á‡Í ˚Ú‡ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
• èÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ, ÍÓ„‰‡
Ó̇ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl.
• ç ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ Ë ÌÂ Ú Ó„‡ÈÚ ÜäÑ Ô Ë
Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ.
• Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚÓÎÍÌÛÚ¸Òfl Ò Ú Û‰ÌÓÒÚflÏË Ô Ë
Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ Â Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÁ-Á‡ ÓÚ·ÎÂÒ͇
Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÛÎˈÂ.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Hints for better
shooting
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË
For hand-held shots, you will get better results
by holding the camcorder according to the
following suggestions:
•Hold the camcorder firmly and secure it with
the grip strap so that you can easily manipulate
the controls with your thumb. [a]
[a]
•Place your elbows against your side.
•Place your left hand under the camcorder to
support it. Be sure not to touch the built-in
microphone.
•Place your eye firmly against the viewfinder
eyecup.
•Use the viewfinder frame as a guide to
determine the horizontal plane.
•You can record in a low position to get an
interesting recording angle. Lift the viewfinder
up to record from a low position. [b]
•You can also record in a low position [c] or
even in a high position [d] using the LCD
panel.
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
ÑÎfl ͇‰ Ó‚ Ô Ë Û‰Â Ê‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ‚
Û͇ı Ç˚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ ÎÛ˜¯Ë ÂÁÛθڇÚ˚, ÂÒÎË
·Û‰ÂÚ‰ ʇڸ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ۂÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË
ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏË ÂÍÓÏẨ‡ˆËflÏË:
• Ñ ÊËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÍ ÂÔÍÓËÁ‡Í ÂÔËÚÂ
ÂÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó Á‡ı‚‡Ú‡ Ú‡Í,
˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚ ΄ÍÓ ÏÓ„ÎË Ï‡ÌËÔÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸
„ÛÎflÚÓ ‡ÏË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ·Óθ¯Ó„Ó Ô‡Î¸ˆ‡.
[a]
• ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ LJ¯Ë ÎÓÍÚË ÔÓ ·ÓÍ‡Ï ÓÚ Ò·fl.
• ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ LJ¯Û ÎÂ‚Û˛ ÛÍÛ ÔÓ‰
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ ‰Îfl  ÔÓ‰‰Â ÊÍË. çË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌÂ Ú Ó„‡ÈÚ ‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ.
• è Ó˜ÌÓ Ô ËÒÎÓÌËÚ LJ¯ „·Á Í ÓÍÛÎfl Û
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
• àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‚ËÁË ÌÛ˛ ‡ÏÍÛ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ ‰Îfl ÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌËfl
„Ó ËÁÓÌڇθÌÓ„Ó Ô·̇.
• Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÌËÁÍÓ„Ó
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ËÌÚ ÂÒÌÓ„Ó Û„Î‡
Á‡ÔËÒË. èÓ‰ÌËÏËÚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl ‚‚ ı ‰Îfl
Á‡ÔËÒË ËÁ ÌËÁÍÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl. [b]
• Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ڇÍÊ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÌËÁÍÓ„Ó
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl [c] ËÎË ‰‡Ê ËÁ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ„Ó [d] Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ.
[b]
[d]
[c]
19
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Hints for better shooting
Place the camcorder on a flat surface or use a
tripod
Try placing the camcorder on a table top or any
other flat surface of suitable height. If you have a
tripod for a still camera, you can also use it with
the camcorder. When attaching a non-Sony
tripod, make sure that the length of the tripod
screw is less than 6.5 mm. Otherwise, the screw
may damage the inner parts of the camcorder.
If you wear glasses
You can bend back the eyecup to get a better
view of viewfinder [e].
Cautions on the viewfinder, the LCD panel
and the lens
•Do not pick up the camcorder by the
viewfinder or by the LCD panel [f].
•Do not place the camcorder so as to point the
viewfinder, the LCD screen and the lens toward
the sun. The inside of the viewfinder, the LCD
panel and the lens may be damaged. Be careful
when placing the camcorder under sunlight or
by a window [g].
[e]
[f]
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
ê‡ÒÔÓ·„‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ ÔÎÓÒÍÓÈ
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË ËÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ Ú ÂÌÓ„Û
èÓÒÚ‡ ‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ¸‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û
Ò‚Â ıÛ Ì‡ ÒÚÓΠËÎË Î˛·ÓÈ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ÔÎÓÒÍÓÈ
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ÂÈ ‚˚ÒÓÚ˚. ÖÒÎË Û Ç‡Ò
ÂÒÚ¸ Ú ÂÌÓ„‡ ‰Îfl ÙÓÚÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡, Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÂ Ë ‰Îfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. è Ë Ô ËÍ ÂÔÎÂÌËË Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë ÌÂ
ÙË Ï˚ Sony ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‰ÎË̇ ‚ËÌÚ‡
Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë ÏÂÌ 6,5 ÏÏ. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
‚ËÌÚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸ ‚ÌÛÚ ÂÌÌË ˜‡ÒÚË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÓÒËÚ ӘÍË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ҄˷‡Ú¸ Á‡‰Ì˛˛ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ
ÓÍÛÎfl ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó Ó·ÁÓ ‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl [e].
è ‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË Í ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ,
Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ Ë Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Û
• ç ÔÓ‰ÌËχÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Á‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ Ë Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ. [[f]
• ç ‡ÒÔÓÎÓ„‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ, ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ Ë Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚
·˚ÎË Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌ˚ ̇ ÒÓÎ̈Â. ÇÌÛÚ Ë
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl, Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ Ë Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
ÏÓÊÂÚÔ ÓËÁÓÈÚËÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËÂ.ÅÛ‰¸ÚÂ
ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚Ô Ë ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÔÓ‰ ÒÓÎ̈ÂÏ ËÎË ‚ÓÁΠÓÍ̇
[g].
[g]
20
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÏÛ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ Ë
˝Í ‡ÌÛ ÜäÑ
• ñ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ Ë ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌ˚ Ò Ô ËÏÂÌÂÌËÂÏ
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÔ ÂˆËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ,
˜Â Ì˚ ÚÓ˜ÍË ËÎË fl ÍË ÚÓ˜ÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡
(Í ‡ÒÌ˚Â, ÒËÌËÂ ËÎË ÁÂÎÂÌ˚Â) ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÏ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ Ë Ì‡
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. ùÚË ÚÓ˜ÍË Ì Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl ̇
ÎÂÌÚÛ. ùÚÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
(ùÙÙÂÍÚË‚Ì˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl:
·ÓÎÂÂ 99,99%).
• è Ë Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË Ì‡ Ô flÏÓÈ ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚È
Ò‚ÂÚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ·Û‰ÂÚ
‚˚„Îfl‰ÂÚ¸ fl ˜Â ‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ҂ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈ
‰Ë‡Ù ‡„Ï˚. ñ‚ÂÚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÂÛÒÚÓȘ˂˚Ï ‚ ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â.
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Notes on the colour viewfinder and the LCD
screen
•The colour viewfinder and the LCD screen are
made with high-precision technology.
However, black points or bright points of light
(red, blue, or green) may constantly appear on
the colour viewfinder and the LCD screen.
These points are not recorded on the tape. This
is not a malfunction. (Effective dots: more than
99.99%)
•In direct sunlight, the picture in the viewfinder
looks brighter by the lighting aperture. The
colour of the picture in the viewfinder is
variable in such a case.
21
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Checking the
recorded picture
Using the EDITSEARCH, you can review the last
recorded scene or check the recorded picture in
the viewfinder.
(1)While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to CAMERA.
(2)Press the РΠside of EDITSEARCH
momentarily; the last few seconds of the
recorded portion plays back (Rec Review).
Hold down the – side of EDITSEARCH until
the camcorder goes back to the scene you
want. The last recorded portion is played
back. To go forward, hold down the + side
(Edit Search).
2
V
1
è ӂ ͇ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
àÒÔÓθÁÛfl EDITSEARCH, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Ô ÂÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸ ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Ì˛˛ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ
ËÎË Ô Ó‚Â ËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
(1)ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA.
(2)ç‡ Ï„ÌÓ‚ÂÌË ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ – Œ ÍÌÓÔÍË
EDITSEARCH; ÔÓÒΉÌË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÒÂÍÛ̉
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓȘ‡ÒÚË·Û‰ÛÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚
(Ô ÂÒÏÓÚÁ‡ÔËÒË) .
Ñ ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ – ÍÌÓÔÍË
EDITSEARCH ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‚ ÌÂÚÒfl Í Ê·ÂÏÓÈ ÒˆÂÌÂ.
èÓÒΉÌflfl Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰Â̇.ÑÎflÔ Ó‰‚ËÊÂÌËfl‚Ô ‰‰Â ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ + (ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÌ˚È ÔÓËÒÍ).
EDITSEARCH
TR
OFF
CA
ME
RA
EDITSEARCH
EDITSEARCH
To stop playback
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Release EDITSEARCH.
éÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂEDITSEARCH.
To go back to the last recorded point
after edit search
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡Ú‡ Í ÔÓÒΉÌÂÏÛ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÏÂÒÚÛ ÔÓÒÎÂ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÌÓ„Ó ÔÓËÒ͇
Press END SEARCH. The last recorded point is
played back for about 5 seconds and stops. Note
that this function does not work once you eject
the cassette after you recorded on the tape.
To begin re-recording
Press START/STOP. Re-recording begins from
the point you released EDITSEARCH. Provided
you do not eject the tape, the transition between
the last scene you recorded and the next scene
you record will be smooth.
22
ç‡ÊÏËÚ END SEARCH. èÓÒΉÌÂÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÂÏÂÒÚÓ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl‚Ú˜ÂÌËÂ
5 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ë ÎÂÌÚ‡ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl. è ËÏËÚÂ
‚Ó ‚ÌËχÌËÂ, ˜ÚÓ ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌÂÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ
ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ÎÂÌÚÂ.
ëÌÓ‚‡ ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP. á‡ÔËÒ¸ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl ÓÚ
ÚÓ˜ÍË, „‰Â Ç˚ ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÎË EDITSEARCH. è Ë
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËË, ˜ÚÓ Ç˚ ÌÂ ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌÂÚÂ ÎÂÌÚÛ,
Ô ÂıÓ‰ÏÂʉÛÔÓÒΉÌÂÈÒˆÂÌÓÈ,ÍÓÚÓ Û˛
Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË, Ë ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒˆÂÌÓÈ, ÍÓÚÓ Û˛
Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚÂ, ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô·‚Ì˚Ï.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
ÎÂÌÚ˚
Playing back a tape
1
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÔ ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ .
Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ ÔÓÒÎÂ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û
ËÎË äÇå.
(1) ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò ÓÍÓ¯ÍÓÏ,
Ó· ‡˘ÂÌÌ˚Ï Ì‡ ÛÊÛ.
(2) ç‡ÊËχfl PUSH OPEN, ÓÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ
ÜäÑ.
(3) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR. èÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÍÌÓÔÍË
Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0 ‰Îfl Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰.
(5) ç‡ÊÏËÚ · ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(6) éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚ„ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ÒËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
VOLUME.
Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ ÔÓÒÎÂ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û
ËÎË äÇå.
You can monitor the playback picture on the
LCD screen.
You can also monitor a picture on a TV screen,
after connecting the camcorder to a TV or VCR.
(1) Insert the recorded tape with the window
facing out.
(2) While pressing PUSH OPEN, open the LCD
panel.
(3) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to VTR. The tape
transport buttons appears.
(4) Press 0 to rewind the tape.
(5) Press · to start playback.
(6) Adjust the volume using VOLUME.
You can also monitor the picture on a TV screen,
after connecting the camcorder to a TV or VCR.
2
V
3
TR
OFF
CA
ME
4
REW
5
To stop playback, press p.
To rewind the tape, press 0.
To fast-forward the tape rapidly, press ).
To adjust the brightness of the LCD screen,
press LCD BRIGHT.
PLAY
6
RA
VOLUME
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ p.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰,
̇ÊÏËÚ 0 .
ÑÎfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰,
̇ÊÏËÚ ) .
ÑÎfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË fl ÍÓÒÚË ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ,
̇ÊÏËÚ LCD BRIGHT.
23
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Playing back a tape
Using the Remote Commander
You can control playback using the supplied
Remote Commander. Before using the Remote
Commander, insert the R6 (size AA) batteries .
To display the screen indicators
Press DISPLAY.
To erase the indicators, press again.
Using headphones
Connect headphones (not supplied) to the 2 jack
(p. 111). You can adjust the volume of the
headphones using VOLUME.
To view the playback picture in the viewfinder
Close the LCD panel. The viewfinder turns on
automatically. When using the viewfinder, you
can monitor the sound only by using the
headphones.
To view on the LCD screen again, open the LCD
panel. The viewfinder turns off automatically.
Various playback modes
You can enjoy noiseless pictures on the LCD
screen during still, slow and picture search.
(Crystal-clear still/slow/picture search)
To view a still picture (playback
pause)
Press P during playback. To resume playback,
press P or ·.
To locate a scene (picture search)
Keep pressing 0 or ) during playback. To
resume normal playback, release the button.
To monitor the high-speed picture
while advancing the tape or
rewinding (skip scan)
Keep pressing 0 while rewinding or ) while
advancing the tape. To resume normal
rewinding or fast-forward, release the button.
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÎÂÌÚ˚
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ
‚ ÌÂ„Ó ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ).
ÑÎfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ó‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DISPLAY ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ó‚
̇ÊÏËÚ ˝ÚÛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÒÌÓ‚‡.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚ (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡˛ÚÒfl) Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û 2 (ÒÚ . 111). Ç˚
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸ „ ÏÍÓÒÚ¸ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ VOLUME.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚o‰ËÏÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ. ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
‚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ
ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ÒÌÓ‚‡
ÓÚÍ ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ. ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
ê‡Á΢Ì˚ ÂÊËÏ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ò·ʉ‡Ú¸Òfl Ò‚Ó·Ó‰Ì˚ÏË ÓÚ
ÔÓÏÂı ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËflÏË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰ ‡, Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflËÔÓËÒ͇ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
(ä ËÒڇθÌÓ ˜ËÒÚ˚ ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰ /
Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ/ÔÓËÒÍ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl)
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl (Ô‡ÛÁ‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl)
ç‡ÊÏËÚ P ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ P
ËÎË ·.
ÑÎfl ӷ̇ ÛÊÂÌËfl Ù ‡„ÏÂÌÚ‡ (ÔÓËÒÍ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl)
Ñ ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ 0 ËÎË ) ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
ÑÎfl ÍÓÌÚ ÓÎfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰
ËÎË Ì‡Á‡‰ (ÔÓËÒÍ ÏÂÚÓ‰ÓÏ Ô Ó„Ó̇)
24
Ñ ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ 0 ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ) ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË
‚Ô ‰ËÎË̇Á‡‰ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ 1/5
ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË (Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ)
Press & on the Remote Commander during
playback. To resume normal playback, press ·.
If slow playback lasts for about 1 minute, it shifts
to normal speed automatically.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ & ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ·. ÖÒÎË Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÔ Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒflÔ Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ 1 ÏËÌÛÚÛ, ÚÓ ÓÌÓ Ô ÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ̇
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÛ˛ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
To view the picture at double speed
For double speed playback in the reverse
direction, press <, then press ×2 on the Remote
Commander during playback. For double speed
playback in the forward direction, press >, then
press ×2 during playback. To resume normal
playback, press ·.
To view the picture frame-by-frame
Press ' or 7 on the Remote Commander in
playback pause mode. If you keep pressing the
button, you can view the picture at 1/25 speed.
To resume normal playback, press ·.
To change the playback direction
Press < on the Remote Commander for reverse
direction or > on the Remote Commander for
forward direction during playback. To resume
normal playback, press ·.
To select the playback sound
Change the “HiFi SOUND” mode setting in the
menu system.
Notes on playback
•Streaks appear and the sound is muted in the
various playback modes.
•When playback pause mode lasts for 5 minutes,
the camcorder automatically enters stop mode.
•Horizontal noise appears at the center of the
screen when you play back a tape in reverse if
the RC time code or the Data Code is displayed
on the screen. This is normal.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò
Û‰‚ÓÂÌÌÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸˛
ÑÎflÛ‰‚ÓÂÌËflÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl‚
Ó· ‡ÚÌÓÏ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ <, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ı2 ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
Û‰‚ÓÂÌËflÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl‚
Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ‚Ô ‰ ̇ÊÏËÚ >, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ı2 ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
To view the picture at 1/5 speed
(slow playback)
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ͇‰ ‡ Á‡ ͇‰ ÓÏ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ' ËÎË 7 ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.ÖÒÎËÇ˚‰Â ÊËÚ·ۉÂÚÂ
‰Â ʇڸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡Ê‡ÚÓÈ, ÚÓ Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡Ú¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ 1/25
ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË. ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‰ÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ < ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl Ó· ‡ÚÌÓ„Ó Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ËÎË
̇ÊÏËÚ > ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ô ‰ ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ·.
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓ„Ó Á‚Û͇
àÁÏÂÌËÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ÂÊËχ “HiFi SOUND” ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˲
• “íflÌÛ˜ÍË” ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl Ë Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ
Ô Ë„ÎÛ¯ÂÌ ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı ÂÊËχı
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‰ÂÌËfl.
• ÖÒÎË ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÏËÌÛÚ,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚ÓȉÂÚ ‚
ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡.
• ÉÓ ËÁÓÌڇθÌ˚ ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‚
ˆÂÌÚ Â ˝Í ‡Ì‡, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂ
ÎÂÌÚÛ ‚ Ó· ‡ÚÌÓÏ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË, ÂÒÎË
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC ËÎË ÍÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı
ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
25
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Playing back a tape
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÎÂÌÚ˚
Displaying the date or time
when you recorded – data code
function
éÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË
LJ¯ÂÈ Á‡ÔËÒË – ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÍÓ‰‡
‰‡ÌÌ˚ı
Even if you did not record the date or time when
you were recording, you can display the date or
time when you recorded (Data Code) on the TV
during playback or editing. The Data Code is
also displayed in the viewfinder or on the LCD
screen.
чÊ ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ì Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË ‰‡ÚÛ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏfl,
ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÁËÚ¸ ‰‡ÚÛ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏfl, ÍÓ„‰‡
‚˚ÔÓÎÌfl·Ҹ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ (ÍÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı), ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË
ÏÓÌڇʇ. äÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Ú‡ÍÊ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
To display the date when you
recorded
ÑÎfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‰‡Ú˚ LJ¯ÂÈ Á‡ÔËÒË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DATE ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  [a], ËÎË
̇ÊÏËÚ DATA CODE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl [b]. ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰‡Ú‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁ·, ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ DATE
ËÎË ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ DATA CODE.
Press DATE on the camcorder [a], or press
DATA CODE on the Remote Commander [b].
To make the date disappear, press DATE again
or DATA CODE twice.
To display the time when you
recorded
ÑÎfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ç‡¯ÂÈ Á‡ÔËÒË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ TIME ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  [a], ËÎË
‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ DATA CODE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl [b]. ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ ÂÏfl ËÒ˜ÂÁÎÓ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ˝ÚÓ ÓÔflÚ¸.
Press TIME on the camcorder [a], or press DATA
CODE on the Remote Commander twice [b]. To
make the time disappear, press it again.
[b]
[a]
DATE
4 7 1996
4 7 1996
17:30:00
DATA CODE
TIME
17:30:00
26
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ÖÒÎË ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ˜Â ÚÓ˜ÍË (––:––:––)
• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl˜‡ÒÚ¸
ÎÂÌÚ˚.
• ãÂÌÚ‡ ·˚· Á‡ÔË҇̇ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ·ÂÁ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÍÓ‰‡ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı.
• ãÂÌÚ‡ ·˚· Á‡ÔË҇̇ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ·ÂÁ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÈ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
• ãÂÌÚ‡ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰Â̇ ËÁ-Á‡
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÎË ÔÓÏÂı.
Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
When bars (––:– –:––) appear
•A blank portion of the tape is being played
back.
•The tape was recorded by a camcorder without
the Data Code function.
•The tape was recorded by a camcorder without
having date and time set.
•The tape is unreadable due to tape damage or
noise.
27
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Searching for the end
of the picture
You can go to the end of the recorded portion
after you record and play back the tape. The tape
starts rewinding or fast-forwarding and the last 5
seconds (SP mode) or 10 seconds (LP mode) of
the recorded portion plays back. Then the tape
stops at the end of the recorded picture (End
Search).
Note that End Search function does not work
once you have ejected the cassette after you
recorded on the tape.
Press END SEARCH.
This function works when the POWER switch is
set to either CAMERA or VTR.
èÓËÒÍ ÍÓ̈‡
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ÂÈÚË Í ÍÓÌˆÛ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ
˜‡ÒÚËÔÓÒÎÂÁ‡ÔËÒËË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÎÂÌÚ˚. ãÂÌÚ‡ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Ô ÂχÚ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl
̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ‚Ô ‰, Ë ÔÓÒΉÌË 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉
( ÂÊËÏ SP) ËÎË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ( ÂÊËÏ LP)
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓȘ‡ÒÚË·Û‰ÛÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚.
á‡ÚÂÏ ÎÂÌÚ‡ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ÍÓ̈Â
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ( ÔÓËÒÍ ÍÓ̈‡).
á‡ÏÂÚ¸ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ÍÓ̈‡ ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌÛÎË Í‡ÒÒÂÚÛ
ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ÌÂÂ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ END SEARCH.
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÎË·Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA, ÎË·Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
END
SEARCH
Note on the End Search function
When you re-record continuously after using the
End Search function, you might not be able to
obtain smooth transition between the last scene
and the next scene.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÒ͇ ÍÓ̈‡
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ·ÂÁ
Ô  ˚‚‡ ÔÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌ͈ËË
ÔÓËÒ͇ ÍÓ̈‡, ÚÓ Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸
Ô·‚ÌÓ„ÓÔ ÂıÓ‰‡ÏÂʉÛÔÓÒΉÌÂÈÒˆÂÌÓÈ
Ë ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒˆÂÌÓÈ.
28
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Advanced operations
Using alternative
power sources
You can choose any of the following power
sources for your camcorder: battery pack, mains,
and 12/24 V car battery. Choose the appropriate
power source depending on where you want to
use your camcorder.
Power Accessory to be used
source
Indoors
Mains
Outdoors Battery
pack
Supplied AC power adaptor
Battery pack NP-F530
(supplied)
In the car 12 V or Car battery charger DC-V515
24 V car
battery
Note on power sources
Disconnecting the power source or removing the
battery pack during recording or playback may
damage the inserted tape. If this happens,
restore the power supply again immediately.
Using the mains
To use the supplied AC power adaptor:
(1) Connect the connecting plug on the
camcorder to the DC OUT jack on the AC
power adaptor using the supplied connecting
cord.
(2) Connect the AC power cord lead to the AC
power adaptor.
(3) Connect the AC power cord lead to the mains.
1
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸Ú ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ β·ÓÈ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ‰Îfl LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚:
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒÂÚ¸ Ë
12/24 Ç ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌ˚È ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ .
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚËÓÚÚÓ„Ó,„‰ÂÇ˚ıÓÚËÚÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ LJ¯Û ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
åÂÒÚÓ
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚Â
Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
Ç ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË
ùÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒ͇fl
ÒÂÚ¸
è Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ
‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇
ç‡
ÛÎˈÂ
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
NP-F530(Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
Ç ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ
12 Ç ËÎË 24 Ç
‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌ˚È
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ
ᇠfl‰Ì˚È ‚˚Ô flÏËÚÂθ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡ DC-V515
è ËϘ‡ÌË ÔÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ‡Ï ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ËÎË ÒÌflÚËÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflÏÓÊÂÚÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸
‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÚÒfl,
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÌÂωÎÂÌÌÓ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒÂÚË
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Place
ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇:
(1) èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ Ì‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û DC OUT ̇ ÒÂÚ‚ÓÏ
‡‰‡ÔÚ  Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ¯ÌÛ ‡.
(2) èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰ÍÒÂÚ‚ÓÏÛ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ÛÔ ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
(3) èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓȯÌÛ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇
Í ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË.
2
3
29
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Using alternative power
sources
Charging the battery pack
You can charge the battery pack installed in the
camcorder by connecting the AC power adaptor
to the camcorder and setting the POWER switch
to OFF. The CHARGE lamp lights up, and goes
out when normal charge is completed. For a full
charge, leave the battery pack in place for
approximately one hour. Charging time of the
supplied NP-F530 battery pack is as follows:
Full charge: approx. 3 hours and 30 minutes
Normal charge: approx. 2 hours and 30 minutes
Charging two battery packs at the same time
Install one battery pack in the camcorder and
another one on the AC power adaptor. The
CHARGE lamps on the camcorder and on the AC
power adaptor light up, and go out when normal
charge is completed. For a full charge, leave the
battery pack in place for approximately one hour.
If either of the CHARGE lamps remains lit,
charging both battery packs is not completed.
Time taken to charge two NP-F530 battery packs
simultaneously is as follows:
Full charge: approx. 4 hours
Normal charge: approx. 3 hours
Notes on the CHARGE lamp
•The CHARGE lamp will remain lit for a while
even if the unit is unplugged after use. This is
normal.
•If the CHARGE lamp does not light, disconnect
the mains lead. After about one minute,
reconnect the mains lead.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸Ú ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ flʇڸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È Ì‡
͇Ï  ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÛÚÂÏ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËflÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇ Í ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF.
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Û‰ÂÚ „Ó ÂÚ¸ Ë ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ,
ÍÓ„‰‡ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÂ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ Ó‰ËÌ ˜‡Ò.
Ç ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ NP-F530 ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ:
èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ. 3 ˜‡Ò‡ 30 ÏËÌÛÚ
çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ. 2 ˜‡Ò‡ 30
ÏËÌÛÚ
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‰‚Ûı ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ·ÎÓÍÓ‚
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ӉËÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û,‡‚ÚÓ ÓÈ̇ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂ
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇. ã‡ÏÔÓ˜ÍË CHARGE ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ ÒÂÚ‚ÓÏ ‡‰‡ÔÚ  Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇·Û‰ÛÚ„Ó ÂÚ¸ËÔÓ„‡ÒÌÛÚ,ÍÓ„‰‡
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇. ÑÎfl
ÔÓÎÌÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍË ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
̇ ÏÂÒÚÂ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ Ó‰ËÌ ˜‡Ò. ÖÒÎË
Ӊ̇ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı ·ÏÔÓ˜ÂÍ CHARGE ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl
„Ó ÂÚ¸, ÚÓ Á‡ fl‰Í‡ Ó·ÓËı ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ·ÎÓÍÓ‚
Ì Á‡‚ ¯Â̇. Ç ÂÏfl ‰Îfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ‰‚Ûı
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ·ÎÓÍÓ‚ NP-F530 ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ:
èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ 4 ˜‡Ò‡
çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡: Ô Ë·ÎËÁ 3 ˜‡Ò‡
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Î‡ÏÔӘ͠CHARGE
• ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl
„Ó fl˘ÂÈ Â˘Â ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË,
‰‡ÊÂÂÒΡÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓÚÒÂÚË
ÔÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
• ÖÒÎË·ÏÔӘ͇CHARGEÌÂ„Ó ËÚ,ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
˜Â ÂÁÓ‰ÌÛÏËÌÛÚÛÒÌÓ‚‡ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ .Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
30
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
To remove the connecting cord
While pressing the button on the connecting
plug, pull out the connecting cord. Never pull
the connecting cord itself.
When you use the AC power with the connecting
cord, the battery pack installed in the camcorder
is not used because the AC power has priority
over the battery pack.
PRECAUTION
The set is not disconnected from the AC power
source (mains) as long as it is connected to the
mains, even if the set itself has been turned off.
Using a car battery
Use a car battery charger such as the DC-V515
(not supplied). Connect the car battery cord to
the cigarette lighter socket of a car (12 V or 24 V).
Connect the car battery charger and the
camcorder using the supplied DK-626 connecting
cord.
This mark indicates that this
product is a genuine accessory for
Sony video product.
When purchasing Sony video
products, Sony recommends that
you purchase accessories with this
“GENUINE VIDEO
ACCESSORIES” mark.
èêÖÑìèêÖÜÑÖçàÖ
ëÂÚ‚ÓÈ Ô Ó‚Ó‰ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÏÂÌÂÌ
ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ χÒÚ ÒÍÓÈ Í‚‡ÎËÙËˆË Ó‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËfl.
èêÖÑéëíÖêÖÜÖçàÖ
ÄÔÔ‡ ‡Ú Ì ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ (˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË) ‰Ó
ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ ÓÌ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Í ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒÂÚË, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË Ò‡Ï ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ÌÓÈ
·‡Ú‡ ÂË
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ fl‰Ì˚È ‚˚Ô flÏËÚÂθ
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ÌÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂË, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , DCV515 (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl). èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ¯ÌÛ
‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡ Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û
ÒË„‡ ÂÚÌÓ„Ó Ô ËÍÛ Ë‚‡ÚÂÎfl ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎfl (12 Ç
ËÎË 24 Ç). ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ Á‡ fl‰Ì˚È
‚˚Ô flÏËÚÂθ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌÓ„Ó ‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ‡
Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ DK-626.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
WARNING
The mains lead must only be changed at a
qualified service shop.
ÑÎfl ÒÌflÚËfl ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ¯ÌÛ ‡
ç‡ÊËχfl ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓÏ
‡Á˙ÂÏÂ, ‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ .
çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ÚflÌËÚ Á‡ Ò‡Ï ¯ÌÛ .
äÓ„‰‡Ç˚ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÂÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂ
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ ‚ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚Ï
¯ÌÛ ÓÏ, ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl, Ú‡Í
Í‡Í ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ ËÏÂÂÚ
Ô ËÓ ËÚÂÚ Ô ‰ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ.
ç‡ÒÚÓfl˘ËÈ ÁÌ‡Í Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ
‰‡Ì̇fl Ô Ó‰Û͈Ëfl fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÔÓ‰ÎËÌÌÓÈ Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚ¸˛
‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó‰Û͈ËË Sony. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
ÔÓÍÛÔ‡ÂÚ‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó‰ÛÍˆË˛
Sony, ÚÓ Ï˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ,
˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚ ÔÓÍÛÔ‡ÎË
Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË, ÔÓϘÂÌÌ˚Â
Á̇ÍÓÏ “GENUINE VIDEO
ACCESSORIES”.
31
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Changing the mode
settings
You can change the mode settings in the menu
system to further enjoy the features and
functions of the camcorder.
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(2) Turn the CONTROL dial to select the desired
item, then press the CONTROL dial. Only the
selected item is displayed.
(3) Turn the CONTROL dial to select the desired
mode, then press the CONTROL dial. If you
want to change the other modes, repeat steps
2 and 3.
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
1
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ
ÂÊËÏÓ‚
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ‰Îfl ·Óθ¯Â„Ó Ì‡Ò·ʉÂÌËfl
ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚflÏË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
Ê·ÂÏÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
‰ËÒÍCONTROL.ÅÛ‰ÂÚÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl
ÚÓθÍÓ ‚˚· ‡Ì̇fl ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇.
(3) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸
‰ Û„ËÂ ÂÊËÏ˚, ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ 2 Ë 3.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÏÂÌ˛.
2
MENU
MENU
WIND
COMMANDER
COUNTER
OFF
MENU
WIND
COMMANDER
COUNTER
MENU
WIND
COMMANDER
COUNTER
ORC TO SET
REC MODE
TITLE COL
TITLE POS
ON
OFF
MENU
WIND
COMMANDER
COUNTER
[ MENU ] : END
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
COMMANDER
3
NORMAL
ON
MENU
COMMANDER
ON
OFF
MENU
COMMANDER
4
ON
OFF
MENU
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
WIND
COMMANDER
COUNTER
OFF
32
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Notes on changing the mode settings
•Menu items differs depending on the setting of
the POWER switch to VTR or CAMERA.
•When you let the subject monitor the shot, the
menu display does not appear.
Selecting the mode setting of
each item
COUNTER* <NORMAL/TIME CODE>
•Normally select NORMAL.
•Select TIME CODE to display the RC time code
in order to edit more precisely.
COMMANDER <ON/OFF>
•Select ON when using the supplied Remote
Commander for the camcorder.
•Select OFF when not using the Remote
Commander.
BEEP* <ON/OFF>
•Select ON so that beeps sound when you start/
stop recording, etc.
•Select OFF when you do not want to hear the
beep sound.
REC MODE* <SP/LP>
•Select SP when recording in SP (standard play)
mode.
•Select LP when recording in LP (long play)
mode.
LCD COLOUR*
Select this item and change the level of the
indicator by turning the CONTROL dial to adjust
the colour intensity of the picture.
* These settings are retained even when the
battery is removed, as long as the vanadiumlithium battery is charged. As far as the items
without an asterisk are concerned, their settings
return to the default 5 minutes or more after the
battery is removed.
Continued to the next page
Ç˚·Ó ÂÊËχ ͇ʉÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰Îfl ÂÊËÏÓ‚ Ë CAMERA Ë
VTR
COUNTER* <NORMAL/TIME CODE>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ NORMAL.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ TIME CODE ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC ‰Îfl ·ÓΠÚÓ˜ÌÓ„Ó
ÏÓÌڇʇ.
COMMANDER <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF, ÂÒÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl.
BEEP* <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚ Ò˄̇Î˚
Á‚Û˜‡ÎË, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÂ/
ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ë Ú.‰.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ OFF, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÒÎ˚¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Ò˄̇Î.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Items for both CAMERA and VTR
modes
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÂÊËÏÓ‚
• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÂÌ˛ ÓÚ΢‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ Á‡‚ËÒÏÓÒÚË
ÓÚ Ì‡ıÓʉÂÌËfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË VTR ËÎË CAMERA.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚÛ Ì‡·Î˛‰‡Ú¸
Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ, ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ.
REC MODE* <SP/LP>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ SP Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ SP
(Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl).
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ LP Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP
(Û‰ÎËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl).
LCD COLOUR*
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ Ë ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ
Û Ó‚Â̸ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡ , ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡fl ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL ‰Îfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË fl ÍÓÒÚË ˆ‚ÂÚ‡
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
* ùÚË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒfl ‰‡ÊÂ Ô Ë ÒÌflÚËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇
Á‡ flÊÂ̇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇.
óÚÓ Í‡Ò‡ÂÚÒfl ÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÓÍ ·ÂÁ Á‚ÂÁ‰Ó˜ÍË, ÚÓ
ÓÌË ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl Í ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌ˲
˜Â ÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ ËÎË ·ÓΠÔÓÒΠÒÌflÚËfl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
33
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Changing the mode settings
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÂÊËÏÓ‚
VF BRIGHT*
Close the LCD panel.
Select this item to adjust the brightness of the
viewfinder. The viewfinder becomes brighter
when you turn the CONTROL dial up (+), and
darker when you turn it down (–).
VF BRIGHT*
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ˝ÚÛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ‰Îfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
fl ÍÓÒÚ˂ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
‰Â·ÂÚÒfl fl ˜Â, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL ‚‚Â ı (+), Ë ÚÂÏÌÂÂ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚
ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÂÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ÌËÁ (–).
VF PW-SAVE* <ON/OFF>
•Select ON to activate “finder power save”
(page 15).
•Select OFF to disactivate “finder power save”.
VF PW-SAVE* <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‰Îfl ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁ‡ˆËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
“˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇” (ÒÚ .
15).
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF ‰Îfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÙÛÌ͈ËË
“˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇”.
Items for CAMERA mode only
WIND <ON/OFF>
•Select ON to reduce wind noise when recording
in strong wind.
•Normally select OFF.
D ZOOM* <ON/OFF>
•Select ON to activate digital zooming.
•Select OFF not to use the digital zoom. The
camcorder goes back to 10x optical zoom.
REC LAMP* <ON/OFF>
•Select OFF when you do not want the camera
recording/battery lamp at the front of the unit
to light up.
•Normally select ON.
When recording a close subject
When REC LAMP is set to ON, the red camera
recording lamp on the front of the camcorder
may reflect on the subject if it is close. In this
case, we recommend you set REC LAMP to OFF.
CLOCK SET*
Select this item to reset the date or time.
ORC TO SET*
Select this item to automatically adjust the
recording condition of the tape to get the best
possible recording (page 63).
If you have already performed this function,
“ORC ON” is displayed.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÂÊËχ
CAMERA
WIND <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‰Îfl ÔÓÌËÊÂÌËfl ¯Ûχ ‚ÂÚ ‡
Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ÒËθÌÓÏ ‚ÂÚ Û.
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ OFF.
D ZOOM* <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‰Îfl ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁ‡ˆËË ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ
Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF Ô Ë ÌÂËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË. ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚÒfl Í ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËË 10ı.
REC LAMP* <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ OFF, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Á‡„Ó ‡Î‡Ò¸ ·ÏÔӘ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË Í‡Ï ÓÈ/
·‡Ú‡ ÂË Ì‡ Ô ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡.
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON.
è Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ·ÎËÁÍÓ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡
äÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ REC LAMP ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇
ON, Í ‡Ò̇fl ·ÏÔӘ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË Í‡Ï ÓÈ Ì‡
Ô ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ
Ó͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸ ÓÚ ‡ÊÌË ̇ ·ÎËÁÍÓ
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚È Ó·˙ÂÍÚ. Ç Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ï˚
ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ Ç‡Ï ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ REC LAMP ̇
OFF.
CLOCK SET*
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ˝ÚÛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ‰Îfl Ô ÂÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
ORC TO SET*
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÍÛ ‰Îfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ Á‡ÔËÒË ÎÂÌÚ˚
‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÔÓ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ
Á‡ÔËÒË(ÒÚ .63).
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÊ Á‡‰ÂÈÒ‚Ó‚‡ÎË ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛, ÚÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl “ORC ON”.
34
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
TITLE COL* <WHITE/YELLOW/VIOLET/RED/
CYAN/GREEN/BLUE>
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ˆ‚ÂÚ Ì‡‰ÔËÒË.
TITLE POS* <CENTER/BOTTOM>
•Select CENTER to centre the title in the picture.
•Select BOTTOM to position the title at the
bottom of the picture.
TITLE POS* <CENTER/BOTTOM>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ CENTER ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡‰ÔËÒË
‚ ˆÂÌÚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ BOTTOM ‰Îfl ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl
̇‰ÔËÒË ‚ÌËÁÛ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
TITLE1 SET*/TITLE2 SET*
Store your own titles.
TITLE1 SET*/TITLE2 SET*
á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌË LJ¯Ëı ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ̇‰ÔËÒÂÈ.
STEADYSHOT* <ON/OFF>
•Normally select ON.
•Select OFF when you do not have to worry
about camera-shake.
STEADYSHOT* <ON/OFF>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç‡Ï Ì ÌÛÊÌÓ
Ô ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ¸ Ó ‰ ÓʇÌËË Í‡Ï ˚.
Items for VTR mode only
EDIT <ON/OFF>
•Select ON to minimize picture deterioration
when editing.
•Normally select OFF.
HiFi SOUND <STEREO/1/2>
•Normally select STEREO.
•Select 1 or 2 to play back a dual soundtrack
tape.
* These settings are retained even when the
battery is removed, as long as the vanadiumlithium battery is charged. As far as the items
without an asterisk are concerned, their settings
return to the default 5 minutes or more after the
battery is removed.
Continued to the next page
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÂÊËχ VTR
EDIT <ON/OFF>
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‰Îfl ҂‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓÏÂı Í
ÏËÌËÏÛÏÛ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ÏÓÌڇʇ.
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ OFF.
HiFi SOUND <STEREO/1/2>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ STEREO.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ 1 ËÎË 2 ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ò ‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ‰Ó ÓÊÍÓÈ.
* ùÚË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒfl ‰‡ÊÂ Ô Ë ÒÌflÚËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇
Á‡ flÊÂ̇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇.
óÚÓ Í‡Ò‡ÂÚÒfl ÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÓÍ ·ÂÁ Á‚ÂÁ‰Ó˜ÍË, ÚÓ
ÓÌË ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl Í ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌ˲
˜Â ÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ ËÎË ·ÓΠÔÓÒΠÒÌflÚËfl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
TITLE COL* <WHITE/YELLOW/VIOLET/RED/
CYAN/GREEN/BLUE>
Select the colour of the title.
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
35
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Changing the mode settings
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÂÊËÏÓ‚
NTSC PB* <ON PAL TV/NTSC 4.43>
•Normally select ON PAL TV.
•Select NTSC 4.43 to adjust the hue of the picture
when playing back a tape recorded in the NTSC
colour system on a multi-system TV. If you
cannot obtain the result you want, select the
appropriate TV colour system mode on your
TV.
NTSC PB* <ON PAL TV/NTSC 4.43>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚Ë·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON PAL TV.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ NTSC4.43 ‰Îfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚Ó„Ó ÚÓ̇ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ô Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÎÂÌÚ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl NTSC, ̇
ÏÛθÚËÒËÒÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÁÛθڇÚ, ÚÓ
‚˚·Â ËÚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ̇ LJ¯ÂÏ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
TBC* <ON/OFF>
•Normally select ON, to correct for jitter.
•Select OFF to not correct for jitter. The picture
may not be steady when played back.
Note on TBC setting
Set TBC to OFF when playing back
•A tape recorded when the camcorder was
shaking.
•A tape on which you recorded a low quality TV
signal.
•A tape you have dubbed over.
•A tape on which you recorded the signal of a
video game or similar machine.
DNR* <ON/OFF>
•Normally select ON to reduce picture noise.
•Select OFF if the picture has a lot of movement,
causing a conspicuous afterimage.
* These settings are retained even when the
battery is removed, as long as the vanadiumlithium battery is charged. As far as the items
without an asterisk are concerned, their settings
return to the default 5 minutes or more after the
battery is removed.
TBC* <ON/OFF>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON ‰Îfl ÍÓ Â͈ËË
‰ ÓʇÌËfl.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF ‰Îfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÍÓ Â͈ËË.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ÛÒÚÓȘ˂˚Ï
Ô Ë‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í íÇë
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ íÇë ̇ OFF, ÂÒÎË
‚ÓÔÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl:
• ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl Ô Ë ÒËθÌÓÏ ‰ ÓʇÌËË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
• ãÂÌÚ‡, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚ Ò˄̇Î˚ ÌËÁÍÓ„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡.
• ãÂÌÚ‡ ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË.
• ãÂÌÚ‡, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË Ò˄̇Î˚
ÚÂÎÂË„ ˚ ËÎË ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓ„Ó ÍÓÏÔ¸˛Ú ÌÓ„Ó
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
DNR* <ON/OFF>
• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚ ON ‰Îfl ÒÌËÊÂÌËfl ÔÓÏÂı
̇ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËË.
• Ç˚·Â ËÚ OFF, ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÒӉ ÊËÚ ÏÌÓÊÂÒÚ‚Ó ‰‚ËÊÂÌËÈ, ‚˚Á˚‚‡fl
Á‡ÏÂÚÌ˚ ÔÓÒÎÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
* ùÚË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒfl ‰‡ÊÂ Ô Ë ÒÌflÚËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇
Á‡ flÊÂ̇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇.
óÚÓ Í‡Ò‡ÂÚÒfl ÛÒÚÌÓ‚ÓÍ ·ÂÁ Á‚ÂÁ‰Ó˜ÍË, ÚÓ
ÓÌË ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl Í ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌ˲
˜Â ÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ ËÎË ·ÓΠÔÓÒΠÒÌflÚËfl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
36
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Letting the subject
monitor the shot
You can turn the LCD panel over so that it faces
the other way and you can let the subject monitor
the shot.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ‚ ÌÛÚ¸ Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ, Ú‡Í,
˜ÚÓ Ó̇ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ó· ‡˘Â̇ ‚ ‰ Û„Û˛ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ Ë
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎËÚ¸ ÒÌËχÂÏÓÏÛ ˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍÛ
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ.
éÚÍ ˚‚‡ÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇
Ó̇ Ì Á‡˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚÒfl, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ô ‚ ÌËÚ ÂÂ.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
(Á ͇θÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ) Ë Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ‰‡Ú˚,
Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë ÓÒÚ‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ.
Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
To cancel mirror mode
Turn the LCD panel to this way until it clicks,
and close.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ Á ͇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
èÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‰Ó ÛÔÓ ‡ ÔÓ͇
Ó̇, Ì ˘ÂÎÍÌÂÚ Ë Ì Á‡Í ÓÂÚÒfl.
Notes on mirror mode
•The battery life is shorter in mirror mode.
•When you turn the LCD panel to the other way,
the camcorder enters mirror mode.
•Using the mirror mode, you can record yourself
while watching yourself on the LCD screen.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á ͇θÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËÏÛ
• ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚
Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÍÓ Ó˜Â.
• äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÔÓ‚Â ÌÂÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‰Ó ÛÔÓ ‡,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‚‡È‰ÂÚ ‚ Á ͇θÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ.
• àÒÔÓθÁÛfl Á ͇θÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ò‡ÏÓ„Ó Ò·fl, ÒÏÓÚ fl ̇ Ò‡ÏÓ„Ó
Ò·fl ̇ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ .
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Open the LCD panel until it clicks first and then
turn it over. The
indicator appears on the
LCD screen (mirror mode) and the date, tape
counter and remaining tape indicators disappear.
You can also use the Remote Commander.
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰Îfl
ÒÌËχÂÏÓ„Ó ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ
START/STOP
Continued to the next page
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
37
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Letting the subject monitor
the shot
•The picture on the LCD screen appears as a
mirror-image while recording in mirror mode.
Pr appears in Standby mode, and r during
recording.
•The END SEARCH and FADER indicators
appear as a mirror-image.
•“PICTURE EFFECT,” “WIDE” and battery
remaining time in minutes indications are not
displayed.
•While recording in mirror mode, you cannot
operate the following functions: MENU, TITLE,
DATE, TIME, COUNTER RESET.
ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰Îfl
ÒÌËχÂÏÓ„Ó ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇
̇·Î˛‰‡Ú¸ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ
• àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚
Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ. Pr ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ë r ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
• à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ END SEARCH Ë FADER
ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl, Í‡Í Á ͇θÌ˚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
• à̉Ë͇ˆËË “PICTURE EFFECT”, “WIDE” Ë
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ.
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ Á ͇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ, Ç˚
Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË: MENU, TITLE, DATE, TIME,
COUNTER RESET.
38
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Recording with the
date or time
Press DATE or TIME before you start recording.
è ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DATE ËÎË
TIME. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ‰‡ÚÛ ËÎË
‚ ÂÏfl, ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÏ˚ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ‚ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂÏ. Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ. ä ÓÏ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ó‚ ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË
‚ ÂÏÂÌË, ÌË͇ÍË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚,
ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÏ˚ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ,
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ.
ó‡Ò˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ˚ ̇ Á‡‚Ӊ ̇ ‚ ÂÏfl
ëˉÌÂfl ‰Îfl ‡‚ÒÚ ‡ÎËÈÒÍËı Ë ÌÓ‚ÓÁ·̉ÒÍËı
ÏÓ‰ÂÎÂÈ, ̇ ‚ ÂÏfl íÓÍËÓ ‰Îfl ÏÓ‰ÂÎÂÈ,
Ô Ó‰‡‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‚ üÔÓÌËË, Ë Ì‡ ‚ ÂÏfl ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„‡
‰Îfl ÓÒڇθÌ˚ı ÏÓ‰ÂÎÂÈ. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÌÓ‚Ó
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ˜‡Ò˚ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DATE ËÎË TIME Ô ‰ ÚÂÏ, Í‡Í Ç˚
̇˜ÌÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
TIME
DATE
4 7 1996
Notes on recording with the date or time
•You cannot record the date and the time at the
same time.
•Once you record the date or time, you cannot
erase it.
During recording in WIDE CINEMA mode
When displaying the date or time, the date/time
and remaining battery indicator slide up.
To stop recording with the date or
time
Press DATE or TIME again. The date or time
indicator disappears. The recording continues.
17:30:00
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Before you start recording or during recording,
press DATE or TIME. You can record the date or
time displayed in the viewfinder or on the LCD
screen with the picture. You cannot record the
date and the time at the same time. Except for
the date or time indicator, no indicator is
recorded.
The clock is at the factory to Sydney time for
Australia and New Zealand models, to Tokyo
time for the models sold in Japan and to Hong
Kong time for other models. You can reset the
clock in the menu system.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ‰‡ÚÓÈ ËÎË
‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ‰‡ÚÓÈ ËÎË
‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË ‰‡ÚÛ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏfl Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂÒÚ ÂÚ¸Ëı.
ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ WIDE CINEMA
äÓ„‰‡ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‰‡Ú‡ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏfl
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ‰‡Ú˚/‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl
Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰ÛÚ Ò‰‚ËÌÛÚ˚
‚‚Â ı.
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ‰‡ÚÓÈ ËÎË
‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DATE ËÎË TIME ÒÌÓ‚‡. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ. á‡ÔËÒ¸ ·Û‰ÂÚ
Ô Ó‰ÓÎÊÂ̇.
39
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Fade-in and fade-out
You can fade in or out to give your recording a
professional appearance.
When fading in, the picture gradually fades in
from black or mosaic while the sound increases.
When fading out, the picture gradually fades to
black or mosaic while the sound decreases.
When fading in [a]
(1) While the camcorder is in Standby mode,
press FADER. The fade indicator starts
flashing.
(2) Press START/STOP to start recording. The
fade indicator stops flashing.
When fading out [b]
(1) During recording, press FADER. The fade
indicator starts flashing.
(2) Press START/STOP to stop recording. The
fade indicator stops flashing, and then
recording stops.
[a]
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô·‚ÌÓ ‚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ë ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ.Ô Ë‰‡‚‡flLJ¯ÂÈÁ‡ÔËÒË
Ô ÓÙÂÒÒËÓ̇θÌ˚È ‚ˉ.
è Ë ‚‚‰ÂÌËË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ
‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ÓÚ ˜Â ÌÓ„Ó ËÎË ÏÓÁ‡Ë˜ÌÓ„Ó Ò
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔÓ‚˚¯ÂÌËÂÏ Á‚Û͇. è Ë
‚˚‚‰ÂÌËË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ
‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ‰Ó ˜Â ÌÓ„Ó ËÎË ÏÓÁ‡Ë˜ÂÌÓ„Ó Ò
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔÓÌËÊÂÌËÂÏ Á‚Û͇.
ÑÎfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl [a]
(1) äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ FADER. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl Ô ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.
ÑÎfl ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
[b]
(1) ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
FADER. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡
Á‡ÔËÒË.à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËflÔ ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl.
STBY
REC
STBY
REC
FADER
M.FADER
1
FADER
[b]
2
M.FADER
V
FADER
TR
OFF
CA
ME
RA
40
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
To cancel the fade-in/fade-out
function
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl/
‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Before pressing START/STOP, press FADER
until the fade indicator disappears.
è ‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ START/STOP ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ
FADER ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ì ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
When the date or time indicator is displayed
The date or time indicator does not fade in or
out.
Notes on titles
•While fading in or fading out, you cannot
superimpose a title.
•While a title is displayed, the picture does not
fade in or out.
äÓ„‰‡ „ÛÎflÚÓ START/STOP MODE
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
ËÎË 5SEC
Ç˚ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
‚‚‰ÂÌËfl/‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ì‡‰ÔËÒflÏ
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÎÓÊËÚ¸
̇‰ÔËÒ¸.
• äÓ„‰‡ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸, ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
Ô·‚ÌÓ„Ó ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
When the START/STOP MODE control is set to
or 5SEC
You cannot use the fade-in/fade-out function.
äÓ„‰‡ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË
‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ô·‚ÌÓ ÌÂ
‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ë Ì ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl.
41
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Enjoying picture
effect
ç‡Ò·ʉÂÌËÂ
˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ÏË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Selecting picture effect
Ç˚·Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
You can make pictures like those of television
with the Picture Effect function.
[a]
[b]
[c]
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ҉·ڸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÔÓıÓÊËÏ
̇ ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ Ô ‰‡˛Ú ÔÓ ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌ˲ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ˝ÙÙÂÍÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
[d]
[e]
[f]
MOSAIC [a]
MOSAIC [a]
The picture is mosaic.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏÓÁ‡Ë˜Ì˚Ï.
SOLARIZE [b]
SOLARIZE [b]
The light intensity is clearer, and the picture
looks like an illustration.
ü ÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ·ÓΠflÒÌÓÈ, Ë
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚„Îfl‰ÂÚ¸, ͇Í
ËÎβÒÚ ‡ˆËfl.
B&W
The picture is monochrome (black and white).
B&W
SEPIA
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏÓÌÓı ÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍËÏ
(˜Â ÌÓ-·ÂÎ˚Ï).
The picture is sepia.
SEPIA
NEG. ART [c]
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ ˆ‚ÂÚ ÒÂÔËfl.
The color of the picture is reversed.
NEG. ART [c]
PASTEL [d]
ñ‚ÂÚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì„‡ÚË‚Ì˚Ï.
The picture is in pastel tones.
PASTEL [d]
SLIM [e]
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ Ïfl„ÍËı ÚÓ̇ı.
The picture expands vertically.
SLIM [e]
STRETCH [f]
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‡Ò¯Ë flÂÚÒfl ÔÓ ‚ ÚË͇ÎË.
The picture expands horizontally.
STRETCH [f]
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‡Ò¯Ë flÂÚÒflÔÓ„Ó ËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË.
42
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Using picture effect function
While in Standby mode, press EFFECT to select
the desired Picture Effect mode.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
˝ÙÙÂÍÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Ç ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ EFFECT ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó ‡ Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
MOSAIC
SOLARIZE
B&W
SEPIA
NEG.ART
PASTEL
SLIM
STRETCH
Returning to normal mode
ÇÓÁ‚ ‡Ú Í ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËÏÛ
Press EFFECT repeatedly until the Picture Effect
indicator disappears.
çÂÓ‰ÌÓÍ ‡ÚÌÓ Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ EFFECT ‰Ó ÚÂı
ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ì ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
Note on the picture effect
When you turn the power off, the camcorder
returns automatically to normal mode.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
EFFECT
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡Ï ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚÒfl Í
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËÏÛ.
43
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Using the wide mode
function
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
Selecting the desired mode
Ç˚·Ó Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
You can record a cinemalike picture (CINEMA)
or a 16:9 wide picture to watch on the 16:9 widescreen TV (16:9FULL).
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Í‡Í ‚
ÍËÌÓÚÂ‡Ú Â (CINEMA) ËÎË ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË 16:9 ‰Îfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ̇
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â (16:9FULL).
CINEMA
[b]
CINEMA
[a]
[c]
16:9FULL
[e]
[d]
16:9FULL
[f]
CINEMA
CINEMA
Black bands appear at the top and the bottom of
the screen. The viewfinder or the LCD screen [a]
and a normal TV screen [b] look wide. You can
also watch the picture without black bands on a
wide-screen TV [c].
óÂ Ì˚Â ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl Ò‚Â ıÛ Ë ÒÌËÁÛ
˝Í ‡Ì‡. ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ ËÎË ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ [a] Ë
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚È ˝Í ‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
[b] ‚˚„Îfl‰flÚ
¯Ë ÓÍËÏË. Ç˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·ÂÁ ˜Â Ì˚ı ÔÓÎÓÒ Ì‡
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â
[c].
16:9FULL
The picture in the viewfinder or on the LCD
screen [d] or on a normal TV [e] is horizontally
compressed. You can watch the picture of
normal images on a wide-screen TV [f].
16:9FULL
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì
ÜäÑ [d] ËÎË Ì‡ Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â [e]
ÒʇÚÓ ÔÓ „Ó ËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â
[f].
44
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Using the wide mode function
While the camcorder is in Standby mode, press
WIDE TV repeatedly so that the desired mode
indicator appears in the viewfinder.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË, ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÌÓ Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ WIDE TV ‰Ó
ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
16:9FULL
WIDE TV
To cancel wide mode
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÂÊËχ
Press WIDE TV repeatedly until the wide mode
indicator disappears.
èÓ‚ÚÓ ÌÓ Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ WIDE TV ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ ,
ÔÓ͇ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
Ì ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
To watch the tape recorded in wide
mode
To watch the tape recorded in CINEMA mode,
set the screen mode of the wide-screen TV to
zoom mode. To watch the tape recorded in
16:9FULL mode, set it to full mode. For details,
refer to the instruction manual of your TV.
Note that the picture recorded in 16:9FULL mode
looks compressed on a normal TV.
Notes on wide mode
•If wide mode is set to 16:9FULL, the SteadyShot
function does not work and the
indicator
flashes.
•When you record in 16:9FULL mode, the date
or time indicator will be widened on the widescreen TV.
•If you dub a tape, the tape is copied in the same
mode as the original recording.
•The wide mode is cancelled automatically 5
minutes after you remove the power source.
•You cannot select or cancel the wide mode
during recording.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÎÂÌÚ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÎÂÌÚ˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
CINEMA ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÂÊËÏ ˝Í ‡Ì‡
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ ̇ ÂÊËÏ
χүڇ·Ë Ó‚‡ÌËfl. ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ÎÂÌÚ˚
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÂÊËÏ 16:9FULL ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
Â„Ó Ì‡ ÔÓÎÌÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ. èÓ‰ Ó·ÌÓÒÚË
ÒÏÓÚ ËÚ ‚ ËÌÒÚ Û͈ËË ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
LJ¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡.
á‡ÏÂÚ¸ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ ‚
ÂÊËÏ 16:9FULL, ‚˚„Îfl‰ËÚ ÒʇÚ˚Ï Ì‡
Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
CINEMA
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËÏÛ
• ÖÒÎË ¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ
̇ 16:9FULL, ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ, ‡ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.
• è Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ 16:9FULL Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡Ò¯Ë ÂÌÌ˚Ï Ì‡
¯Ë ÓÍÓ˝Í ‡ÌÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚,
ÚÓ ÎÂÌÚ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ Ú‡ÍÓÏ
ÂÊËÏÂ, Í‡Í Ë ËÒıӉ̇fl ÎÂÌÚ‡.
• òË ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ·Û‰ÂÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚÏÂÌÂÌ ˜Â ÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ
ÔÓÒΠÒÌflÚËfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
• Ç˚ ÌÂ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ ËÎË ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
45
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‡ Á‡
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÍÓ ÓÚÍËı
Ô ËÂÏÓ‚
Shooting scenery in
several short takes
Long, continuous shots of scenery tend to be
dull, and have to be edited to make an interesting
video. With 5SEC. REC (5-second recording)
mode, the camcorder records for only 5 seconds
and then switches to Standby mode, so that you
will automatically take a series of quick shots
resulting in a lively video.
(1) Set START/STOP MODE to 5SEC. Five dots
appear in the viewfinder.
(2) Press START/STOP. Recording starts.
The dots disappear at a rate of one per second.
When 5 seconds elapse and all the dots
disappear, the camcorder switches to Standby
mode automatically.
ÑÎËÌÌ˚ ÌÂÔ Â ˚‚Ì˚ ͇‰ ˚ ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‡
ËÏÂ˛Ú ÚẨÂÌˆË˛ ·˚Ú¸ ÒÍÛ˜Ì˚ÏË Ë ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚
·˚Ú¸ ÓÚ Â‰‡ÍÚË Ó‚‡Ì˚ ‰Îfl ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌËfl
ËÌÚ ÂÒÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚. ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÂÊËχ 5SEC. REC (5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË)
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ̇
ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË, Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ Ç˚
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÒÌËÏËÚ Ò ˲ ÍÓ ÓÚÍËı
͇‰ Ó‚, ÒÓÒÚ‡‚Îfl˛˘Ëı ÓÊË‚ÎÂÌÌÛ˛
‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏÛ.
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ START/STOP MODE ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË 5SEC. èflÚ¸ ÚÓ˜ÂÍ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl. äÓ„‰‡ 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ËÒÚÂÍÛÚ, Ë
‚Ò ÚÓ˜ÍË ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ, ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
Ô ÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ̇ ÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
1
START/STOP MODE
5SEC
V
2
TR
REC
0:00:00
REC
0:00:04
OFF
CA
ME
RA
To extend the recording time
Press START/STOP again before all the dots
disappear. Recording continues for 5 seconds
from the moment you press START/STOP.
To cancel 5-second recording
Set START/STOP MODE to . If you set the
switch while recording, recording continues.
Note on 5-second recording
You cannot use FADER function during 5-second
recording.
ÑÎfl Ô Ó‰ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Á‡ÔËÒË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‰Ó ÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚ÒÂ
ÚÓ˜ÍË ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ. á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ¢ ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÏÓÏÂÌÚ‡ ̇ʇÚËfl START/
STOP.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ 5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ START/STOP MODE ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ
‚Ó‚ ÂÏflÁ‡ÔËÒË,Á‡ÔËÒ¸Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í 5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
FADER ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl 5-ÒÂÍÛ̉ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
46
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Superimposing a title
You can select from eight preset titles and two
titles you made to superimpose over the picture
while recording.
Each time you press TITLE while the camcorder
is in Standby mode, the titles appear one by one.
When you do not make titles, they are not
displayed.
To superimpose from the beginning
(1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA.
(2) Press TITLE repeatedly in Standby mode until
the desired title appears. The title stops
flashing and then stays lit. This means that
the title is selected.
(3) Press START/STOP to start recording.
(4) Press TITLE when you want to turn off the
title. The title disappears.
To superimpose on the way of
recording
(1) Press TITLE repeatedly in Standby mode until
the desired title appears. The title flashes.
(2) When the title stops flashing, press TITLE.
The title disappears.
(3) Press START/STOP to start recording.
(4) Press TITLE when you want to superimpose
the title.
(5)Press TITLE when you want to turn off the
title.
ì Ç‡Ò ÂÒÚ¸ ‚˚·Ó ËÁ ‚ÓÒ¸ÏË Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ı ̇‰ÔËÒÂÈ Ë ‰‚ ̇‰ÔËÒË Ç˚
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡Ú¸ ‰Îfl ̇ÎÓÊÂÌËfl ̇
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á Ô Ë Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË TITLE, ÍÓ„‰‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË, ̇‰ÔËÒË ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl Ӊ̇ Á‡
‰ Û„ÓÈ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ÒÓÁ‰‡ÎË ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı
̇‰ÔËÒÂÈ, ÓÌË Ì ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ̇‰ÔËÒÂÈ
ÑÎfl ̇ÎÓÊÂÌËfl ̇‰ÔËÒË ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA.
(2)çÂÓ‰ÌÓÍ ‡ÚÌÓ Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ TITLE ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚˉÓÚÂıÔÓ ,ÔÓ͇ÌÂÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
Ê·Âχfl̇‰ÔËÒ¸.燉ÔËÒ¸Ô ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë ·Û‰ÂÚ Ò‚ÂÚËÚ¸Òfl. ùÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ,
˜ÚÓ Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ ‚˚· ‡Ì‡.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚÂ
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸. 燉ÔËÒ¸ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
ÑÎfl ̇ÎÓÊÂÌËfl ̇‰ÔËÒË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ÔËÒË
(1) çÂÓ‰ÌÓÍ ‡ÚÌÓ Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ TITLE ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚˉÓÚÂıÔÓ ,ÔÓ͇ÌÂÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
Ê·Âχfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸. 燉ÔËÒ¸ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸.
(2)äÓ„‰‡Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸Ô ÂÒÚ‡ÌÂÚÏË„‡Ú¸,
̇ÊÏËÚ TITLE. 燉ÔËÒ¸ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
(3)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚÂ
̇ÎÓÊËÚ¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸.
(5) ç‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚÂ
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Using titles
ç‡ÎÓÊÂÌË ̇‰ÔËÒË
TITLE
HELLO!
47
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Superimposing a title
Titles cycle as follows:
Original title 1 n Original title 2 n HELLO! n
HAPPY BIRTHDAY n HAPPY HOLIDAYS n
CONGRATULATIONS! n OUR SWEET BABY
n WEDDING n VACATION n THE END
When you press TITLE with “THE END”
displayed, the titles disappear. When you press
TITLE once again, the titles begin from
“HELLO!” or your original title.
If you have not stored any original titles
The titles begin from “HELLO!”.
Notes on titles
•You cannot select a title during recording.
•While a title is displayed, the picture does not
fade in or out.
•While fading in or fading out, you cannot
superimpose a title.
•You cannot record a title and the date at the
same time.
•You cannot record a title and the time at the
same time.
•While the menu is displayed, the titles are not
recorded.
ç‡ÎÓÊÂÌË ̇‰ÔËÒË
燉ÔËÒË ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍË ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:
ëÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌ̇fl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ 1n ëÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌ̇fl
̇‰ÔËÒ¸ 2 n HELLO! n HAPPY BIRTHDAY n
HAPPY HOLIDAYS n CONGRATULATIONS!
n OUR SWEET BABY n WEDDING n
VACATION n THE END
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ TITLE Ô Ë ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËË
“THE END”, ̇‰ÔËÒË ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡˛Ú. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
̇ÊËχÂÚ TITLE ¢ ‡Á, ̇‰ÔËÒË
̇˜Ë̇˛ÚÒfl Ò Ì‡‰ÔËÒË “HELLO!” ËÎË Ò Ç‡¯ÂÈ
ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÈ̇‰ÔËÒË.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì Á‡ÔÓÏÌËÎË ÌË͇ÍÓÈ
ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÈ Ì‡‰ÔËÒË
燉ÔËÒË Ì‡˜Ë̇˛ÚÒfl Ò Ì‡‰ÔËÒË “HELLO!”.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ì‡‰ÔËÒflÏ
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ÔËÒË.
• äÓ„‰‡ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl̇‰ÔËÒ¸ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
Ô·‚ÌÓ Ì ‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ë Ì ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl.
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚˚‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÎÓÊËÚ¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ë ‰‡ÚÛ
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl
Ó‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÌÏÂÌÌÓ.
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇‰ÔËÒË ÌÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl.
48
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ ̇‰ÔËÒË
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(2) Turn the CONTROL dial to select “TITLE
COL”, then press the CONTROL dial.
(3) Turn the CONTROL dial to select the desired
colour, then press the CONTROL dial.
You can choose from the following 7 colours:
WHITE ˜ YELLOW ˜ VIOLET ˜ RED
˜ CYAN ˜ GREEN ˜ BLUE
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
“TITLE COL”, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL.
(3)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó ˆ‚ÂÚ‡, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·Ë ‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı 7
ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚:
WHITE ˜ YELLOW ˜ VIOLET ˜ RED
˜ CYAN ˜ GREEN ˜ BLUE
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÏÂÌ˛.
To select the title position
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(2) Turn the CONTROL dial to select “TITLE
POS”, then press the CONTROL dial.
(3) Turn the CONTROL dial to select “CENTER”
[a] or “BOTTOM” [b], then press the
CONTROL dial.
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
[a]
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó ‡ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ̇‰ÔËÒË
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
“TITLE POS”, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL.
(3)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
“CENTER” [a] ËÎË “BOTTOM [b], ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÏÂÌ˛.
[b]
HELLO!
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
To select the title colour
HELLO!
49
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Making your own
original titles
ëÓÁ‰‡ÌË LJ¯Ëı
ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ̇‰ÔËÒÂÈ
You can make two titles of up to 22 characters
each, and store them in memory.
(1) While the camcorder is in Standby mode,
press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(2) Turn the CONTROL dial to select TITLE1 SET
or TITLE2 SET, then press the CONTROL
dial.
(3) Turn the CONTROL dial to select the desired
character, then press the CONTROL dial.
(4) Repeat step 3 until you finish the title.
(5) Turn the CONTROL dial to select ↵, then
press the CONTROL dial. The title is stored
in memory.
(6) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
1
MENU
Ç˚ÏÓÊÂÚÂÒÓÁ‰‡Ú¸‰‚Â̇‰ÔËÒË,ÒÓÒÚÓfl˘ËÂ
ËÁ 22 Á̇ÍÓ‚ ͇ʉ‡fl, Ë Á‡ÌÂÒÚË Ëı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
(1) äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
TITLE1 SET ËÎË TITLE2 SET, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
(3) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó Á͇̇, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL.
(4) èÓ‚ÚÓ flÈÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3 ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ç˚
Ì Á‡ÍÓ̘ËÚ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸.
(5) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
↵, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
燉ÔËÒ¸ Á‡ÌÓÒËÚÒfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
(6) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÏÂÌ˛.
2
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
MENU
COUNTER
ORC TO SET
REC MODE
TITLE COL
TITLE POS
TITLE1 SET
TITLE2 SET
__________
TITLE1 SET
[ MENU ] : END
[ MENU ] : END
3,4
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
TITLE1 SET
6
MENU
5
A_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
B
C
MENU
F
G
H_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I
J
[ MENU ] : END
TITLE1 SET
C
D
HE_ _ _ _ _ _ _
F
G
[ MENU ] : END
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
MENU
_
___
HE L LO
TITLE1 SET
A
COUNTER
ORC TO SET
REC MODE
TITLE COL
TITLE POS
TITLE1 SET
TITLE2 SET
HE L LO_ _ _ _ _
50
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
To erase the title you have made
Press MENU, select the title you want to erase,
and press the CONTROL dial. Select ↵ at the
leftmost character, then press the CONTROL
dial.
Do not select the blank to erase a character.
Otherwise, the blank is stored as a title in
memory.
In step 2, select TITLE1 SET or TITLE2 SET,
depending on which title you want to change,
then press the CONTROL dial. Select the desired
characters again.
If you enter 22 characters in step 4
The title is stored immediately (and you can skip
step 5).
If it takes more than 5 minutes to make a title
If the Standby mode lasts for more than 5
minutes with a cassette inserted, the power will
be turned off automatically. If it takes more than
5 minutes to make a title, remove the cassette.
The power will not be turned off. If the power is
turned off while you are making a title, set the
POWER switch to OFF once, then to CAMERA.
The title you have made remains stored in
memory.
Advancing the characters rapidly
Keep pressing the CONTROL dial.
Making a blank
Select a blank. It is counted as a character.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU, ‚˚·Â ËÚ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸, ÍÓÚÓ Û˛
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÒÚ ÂÚ¸ Ë Ì‡ÊÏÚË ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL. Ç˚·Â ËÚ ↵ ‚ ÔÓÁˈËË Í ‡ÈÌ„Ó
ÎÂ‚Ó„Ó Á͇̇, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL.
ç ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚÂ Ô Ó·ÂÎ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÒÚ ÂÚ¸ Á̇Í. Ç
Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ô Ó·ÂÎ ‚ ͇˜ÂÒڂ ̇‰ÔËÒË
·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÓı ‡ÌÂÌ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË.
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚‡ÏË
̇‰ÔËÒË
Ç ÔÛÌÍÚÂ 2 ‚˚·Â ËÚÂ TITLE1 SET ËÎË TITLE2
SET, ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚÓ„Ó, ͇ÍÛ˛ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL. ëÌÓ‚‡ ‚˚·Â ËÚ Ê·ÂÏ˚È Á̇Í.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚‚ÂÎË 22 Á͇̇ ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 4
燉ÔËÒ¸ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔÓÏÌÂ̇ Ò ‡ÁÛ (Ë Ç˚
ÏÓÊÂÚÂÔ ÓÔÛÒÚËÚ¸ÔÛÌÍÚ5).
ÖÒÎË Ô ÓıÓ‰ËÚ ·ÓΠ5 ÏËÌÛÚ Ô Ë
ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌËË̇‰ÔËÒË
ÖÒÎË ÂÊËÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚËÔ Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl·ÓÎÂÂ
5 ÏËÌÛÚ Ô Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚÂ, ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. ÖÒÎË ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌËÂ
̇‰ÔËÒË Á‡ÌËχÂÚ ·ÓΠ5 ÏËÌÛÚ, ÚÓ Û‰‡ÎËÚÂ
͇ÒÒÂÚÛ. èËÚ‡ÌË ‚˚Íβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
ÖÒÎË ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
ÒÓÁ‰‡ÂÚÂ̇‰ÔËÒ¸,ÚÓÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA. 燉ÔËÒ¸
ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ ÒÓÁ‰‡ÎË ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
To change the title you have made
ÑÎfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ Ç‡ÏË
̇‰ÔËÒË
Å˚ÒÚ ÓÂ Ô Ó‰‚ËÊÂÌË Á̇ÍÓ‚
Ñ ÊËÚ ‚ ̇ÊÚÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
ëÓÁ‰‡ÌËÂ Ô Ó·Â·
Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ Ô Ó·ÂÎ. éÌ Ô ËÌËχÂÚÒfl Á‡ Á̇Í.
51
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Releasing the
STEADYSHOT function
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
STEADYSHOT
indicator appears in the
When you shoot, the
viewfinder. This indicates that the SteadyShot
function is working and the camcorder
compensates for camera-shake.
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ. ùÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ
̇ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‰Îfl ÍÓÏÔÂÌÒ‡ˆËË ‰ ÓʇÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
You can release the SteadyShot function when
you do not need to use the SteadyShot function.
Do not use the SteadyShot function when
shooting a stationary object with a tripod.
(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(2) Turn the CONTROL dial to select
STEADYSHOT, then press the CONTROL
dial.
(3) Turn the CONTROL dial to select OFF, then
press the CONTROL dial.
(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
1
MENU
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Ì ÌÛʉ‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ‚
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
Ô Ë Ò˙ÂÏÍ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
STEADYSHOT, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL.
(3)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
OFF, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÏÂÌ˛.
2
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
TITLE1 SET
TITLE2 SET
D ZOOM
LCD COLOUR
STEADYSHOT
BEEP
VF BRIGHT
MENU
ON
STEADYSHOT
ON
OFF
[ MENU ] : END
3
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
4
MENU
MENU
MENU
STEADYSHOT
[ MENU ] : END
ON
OFF
TITLE1 SET
TITLE2 SET
D ZOOM
LCD COLOUR
STEADYSHOT
BEEP
VF BRIGHT
OFF
[ MENU ] : END
52
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
ÑÎfl ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁ‡ˆËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË ÒÌÓ‚‡
Select ON in step 3, then press the CONTROL
dial.
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ON ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
Notes on the SteadyShot function
•The SteadyShot function will not correct
excessive camera-shake.
•When you switch the SteadyShot function on or
off, the exposure may fluctuate.
•When you record in 16:9FULL mode, the
SteadyShot function does not work and the
indicator flashes.
•When the SteadyShot function is released, the
indicator does not appear.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ÌÂ
ÓÚÍÓ ÂÍÚË ÛÂÚ˜ ÂÁÏ ÌÓ„Ó‰ ÓʇÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
• è Ë ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËË Ë ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÍÓη‡Ú¸Òfl.
• è Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÊËÏ 16:9FULL ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, Ë
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.
• äÓ„‰‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
ÓÚÍβ˜Â̇, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
To activate the SteadyShot function
again
53
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Using the PROGRAM
AE function
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË PROGRAM AE
You can select from six PROGRAM AE (Auto
Exposure) modes to suit your shooting situation.
When you use PROGRAM AE, you can get a
Portrait effect (the subject is in focus and the
background is out of focus), capture high-speed
action, record night views, etc.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚· ‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ¯ÂÒÚË ÂÊËÏÓ‚
PROGRAM AE (‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË),
ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ
ÒËÚÛ‡ˆËË.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ PROGRAM
AE, Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ÔÓ Ú ÂÚÌ˚È
˝ÙÙÂÍÚ (Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ‚ ÙÓÍÛÒÂ, ‡ ÙÓÌ ÌÂ ‚
ÙÓÍÛÒÂ), Á‡ÒÌflÚ¸ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÒÍÓ ÓÒÚÌ˚Â
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl, Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ ÌÓ˜Ì˚ ÔÂÈÁ‡ÊË Ë Ú.‰.
Selecting the best mode
Select a proper PROGRAM AE mode referring to
the following description.
Ç˚·Ó ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ÂÊËχ
Ç˚·Â ËÚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ PROGRAM
AE, ÒÒ˚·flÒ¸ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ.
: Spotlight mode
Recording a subject spotlighted on a stage or at a
wedding ceremony, etc.
êÂÊËÏ Ô ÓÊÂÍÚÓ ÌÓ„Ó ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡, ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ ÒˆÂÌÂ
ËÎË Ì‡ Ò‚‡‰Â·ÌÓÈ ˆÂ ÂÏÓÌËË.
: Soft portrait mode
To record
•A still subject such as a person or flower
•A softened picture
•A person in clearer flesh tones
åfl„ÍËÈ ÔÓ Ú ÂÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ
ÑÎflÁ‡ÔËÒË
• çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏÂ
˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍ ËÎË ˆ‚ÂÚÓÍ
• åfl„ÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
• óÂÎÓ‚Â͇ ‚ ˜ÂÚÍËı ÚÂÎÂÒÌ˚ı ÚÓ̇ı
: Sports lesson mode
Capturing high-speed action in sports such as
golf or tennis
: Beach & Ski mode
Recording a person in a place such as on the
beach or in the ski slopes where there is a lot of
reflection
: Sunset & Moon mode
Recording sunset, night views, fireworks or neon
signs
: Landscape mode
Recording a landscape through a window or
wire net
êÂÊËÏ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌflÚËÈ
ÑÎfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÒÍÓ ÓÒÚÌ˚ı ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ ‚
ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Ë„ ‡ı, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , „Óθ٠ËÎË
ÚÂÌÌËÒ
è Î fl Ê Ì ˚ È Ë Î ˚ Ê Ì ˚ È Â Ê Ë Ï
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇, ̇ıÓ‰fl˘Â„ÓÒfl ‚ Ú‡ÍÓÏ
ÏÂÒÚÂ, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , ̇ ÔÎflÊ ËÎË ÒÌÂÊÌÓÏ
ÒÍÎÓÌÂ, „‰Â Ó˜Â̸ ÏÌÓ„Ó ÓÚ ‡ÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡
êÂÊËÏ Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡ Ë ÎÛÌ˚
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡, ÌÓ˜Ì˚ı ÔÂÈÁ‡Ê‚,
ÙÂÈ ‚ ÍÓ‚ ËÎË ÌÂÓÌÓ‚˚ı ÂÍ·Ï
ã‡Ì‰¯‡ÙÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË Î‡Ì‰¯‡ÙÚ‡ ˜Â ÂÁ ÓÍÌÓ ËÎË
Ô Ó‚ÓÎÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ÒÂÚÍÛ
54
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Notes on focus setting
•In the Spotlight, Sports lesson and Beach & Ski
modes, you cannot take close-ups because the
camcorder is set to focus only on subjects in the
middle to far distance.
•In the Sunset & Moon and Landscape modes,
the camcorder is set to focus only on distant
subjects.
While the camcorder is in recording or Standby
mode, turn the PROGRAM AE dial so that the
symbol of the desired PROGRAM AE mode
matches the indication on the camcorder. The
indicator of the selected mode appears in the
viewfinder.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË
PROGRAM AE
äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
Á‡ÔËÒËËÎË„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÈÚ‰ËÒÍ
PROGRAM AE Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ PROGRAM AE ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Î
Û͇Á‡Ì˲ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
‚˚· ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ. Ç˚· ‡ÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ÓÍӯ͠‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
a
To return to automatic adjustment
mode
Turn the PROGRAM AE dial so that the r
matches the indication on the camcorder. The
indicator of the PROGRAM AE mode disappears.
Note on shutter speed
The shutter speed in each PROGRAM AE mode
is as follows:
Soft Portrait mode – from 1/50 to 1/425
Sports lesson mode – from 1/215 to 1/4000
Beach & Ski mode – from 1/50 to 1/215
A
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Using the PROGRAM AE
function
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË
• Ç ÂÊËχı Ô ÓÊÂÍÚÓ ÌÓ„Ó ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl,
ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌflÚËÈ Ë ÔÎflÊÌÓÏ Ë Î˚ÊÌÓÏ
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÌËχڸ Í ÛÔÌ˚Ï Ô·ÌÓÏ,
Ú‡Í Í‡Í ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÙÓÍÛÒË ÛÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ
̇ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Ò Â‰ÌÂ„Ó Ë ‰‡Î¸ÌÂ„Ó Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl.
• Ç ÂÊËχı Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎ̈‡ Ë ÎÛÌ˚ Ë
·̉¯‡ÙÚÌÓÏ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÙÓÍÛÒË ÛÂÚÒfl
ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡ Û‰‡ÎÂÌÌ˚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ˚.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡Ú‡ Í ÂÊËÏÛ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ PROGRAM AE Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÁÌ‡Í r ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Î Û͇Á‡Ì˲ ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËχ PROGRAM
AE ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡
ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡ ‚ ͇ʉÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ
PROGRAM AE ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘‡fl:
åfl„ÍËÈ ÔÓ Ú ÂÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ: ÓÚ 1/50 ‰Ó 1/425
êÂÊËÏ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌflÚËÈ: ÓÚ 1/215 ‰Ó 1/4000
èÎflÊÌ˚È Ë Î˚ÊÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ: ÓÚ 1/50 ‰Ó 1/215
55
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Focusing manually
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡
When to use manual focus
äÓ„‰‡ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ Û˜ÌÛ˛
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ
In the following cases you should obtain better
results by adjusting the focus manually.
[a]
[b]
•Insufficient light [a]
•Subjects with little contrast — walls, sky, etc.
[b]
•Too much brightness behind the subject [c]
•Horizontal stripes [d]
•Subjects through frosted glass
•Subjects beyond nets, etc.
•Bright subject or subject reflecting light
•Shooting a stationary subject when using a
tripod
Ç ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸
ÎÛ˜¯Ë ÂÁÛθڇÚ˚, ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡‚
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ ‚ Û˜ÌÛ˛.
[c]
[d]
• ç‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌË [a]
• é·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Ò Ï‡Î˚Ï ÍÓÌÚ ‡ÒÚÓÏ - ÒÚÂÌ˚,
ÌÂ·Ó Ë Ú.‰. [b]
• ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ fl ÍËÈ ÙÓÌ Á‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓÏ [c]
• ÉÓ ËÁÓÌڇθÌ˚ ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ [d]
• ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ ˜Â ÂÁ χÚË Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÂ
ÒÚÂÍÎÓ
• é·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Á‡ ÒÂÚÍÓÈ Ë Ú.‰.
• ü ÍËÈ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ËÎË Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ÓÚ ‡Ê‡˛˘ËÈ
Ò‚ÂÚ
• ë˙ÂÏ͇ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë
56
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Focusing manually
1
AUTO LOCK
2
FOCUS
è Ë Û˜ÌÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í ÒÔ ‚‡ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÈÚÂ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ‚ ÂÊËÏÂÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓÔ ‰
Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ
Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
(1)è ‰‚Ë̸Ú AUTO LOCK ‚ÌËÁ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ FOCUS. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ f ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
(3)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ì‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ.
3
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
To return to the autofocus mode
Press FOCUS to turn off f indicator. Or, slide
AUTO LOCK up.
Shooting in relatively dark places
Shoot at wide-angle after focusing in the
telephoto position.
Note on the CONTROL dial
The CONTROL dial does not have a stop
position.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl Í ÂÊËÏÛ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
When focusing manually, first focus in telephoto
before recording, and then reset the shot length.
(1)Slide AUTO LOCK down.
(2)Press FOCUS. The f indicator appears in the
viewfinder.
(3)Turn the CONTROL dial to focus on the
subject.
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡
ç‡ÊÏËÚ FOCUS ‰Îfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡ f, àÎË Ô ‰‚Ë̸Ú AUTO
LOCK ‚‚Â ı.
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ‚ ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ ÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ
è ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ Ò˙ÂÏÍÛ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË ¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó
ۄ· ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËËÚÂÎÂÙÓÚÓ.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ‰ËÒÍÛ CONTROL
ÑËÒÍ CONTROL ÌÂ ËÏÂÂÚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
57
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Adjusting the
exposure
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡
˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË
When to adjust the exposure
äÓ„‰‡ „ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁËˆË˛
Adjust the exposure manually under the
following cases.
éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁËˆË˛ ‚ Û˜ÌÛ˛ ‚
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı.
[a]
[b]
CONTROL
[a] Turn the CONTROL dial up (+) when:
•The background is too bright (backlighting)
•Insufficient light: most of the picture is dark
[b] Turn the CONTROL dial down (–) when:
•Bright subject and dark background
•To record the darkness faithfully
CONTROL
[a] èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‚‚ ı (+),
ÍÓ„‰‡:
• îÓÌ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ fl ÍËÏ (Á‡‰Ìflfl
ÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚ͇)
• ç‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚӘ̇fl ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸: ·Óθ¯‡fl
˜‡ÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÏÌÓÈ.
[b] èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‚ÌËÁ (–), ÍÓ„‰‡:
• ü ÍËÈ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ
• í ·ÛÂÚÒfl ‚ ̇fl Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÚÂÏÌÓÚ˚
58
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Adjusting the exposure
1
AUTO LOCK
2
EXPOSURE
(1)è ‰‚Ë̸Ú AUTO LOCK ‚ÌËÁ.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ EXPOSURÖ. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
ùÍÒÔÓÁˈËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÙËÍÒË Ó‚‡Ì‡ ̇
Ù‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈfl ÍÓÒÚË.
(3)èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl
„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË. ùÍÒÔÓÁˈËfl
·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÙËÍÒË Ó‚‡Ì‡ ̇
ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÈfl ÍÓÒÚË.
3
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
To return to automatic exposure
mode
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡Ú‡ Í ÂÊËÏÛ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ˝ÒÔÓÁˈËË
Press EXPOSURE to turn off the exposure
indicator. Or, slide AUTO LOCK up.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ EXPOSURÖ ‰Îfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË. àÎË Ô ‰‚Ë̸ÚÂ
AUTO LOCK ‚‚Â ı.
Shooting with the sun behind you
If the light source is behind your subject, or in the
following situation, the subject will be recorded
too dark.
•The subject is indoors and there is a window
behind the subject.
•Bright light sources are included in the scene.
•When shooting a person wearing white or
shiny clothes in front of a while background,
the face will be recorded too dark.
Shooting in the dark
We recommend you to use a video light (not
supplied). To get the best color, you must
maintain a sufficient light level.
Note on the CONTROL dial
The CONTROL dial does not have a stop
position.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
(1)Slide AUTO LOCK down.
(2)Press EXPOSURE. The exposure indicator
appears in the viewfinder. The exposure is
locked at the actual brightness.
(3)Turn the CONTROL dial to adjust the
exposure. The exposure is locked at the
adjusted brightness.
ê„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË
ë˙ÂÏ͇, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÒÓÎÌˆÂ Û Ç‡Ò Á‡ ÒÔËÌÓÈ
ÖÒÎËËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÒ‚Âڇ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒflÔÓÁ‡‰Ë
LJ¯Â„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÎË ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒËÚÛ‡ˆËflı,
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï.
• é·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÔÓÏ¢ÂÌËË Ë ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë
Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÓÍÌÓ.
• ü ÍË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ‚Íβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl ‚
͇‰ .
• è Ë Ò˙ÂÏÍ ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇ ‚ ·ÂÎÓÈ ËÎË
·ÎÂÒÚfl˘ÂÈ Ó‰Âʉ ̇ ·ÂÎÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ, ÎˈÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï.
ë˙ÂÏ͇ ‚ ÚÂÏÌÓÚÂ
å˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ Ç‡Ï ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
‚ˉÂÓÙÓ̇ ¸ (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl). ÑÎfl
ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚
ÔÓ‰‰Â ÊË‚‡Ú¸‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜Ì˚ÈÛ Ó‚Â̸
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚË.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ‰ËÒÍÛ CONTROL
ÑËÒÍ CONTROL Ì ËÏÂÂÚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
59
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Shooting with
backlighting
When you shoot a subject with the light source
behind the subject or a subject with a light
background, use the BACK LIGHT function.
Press BACK LIGHT. The c indicator appears in
the viewfinder.
ë˙ÂÏ͇ Ò Á‡‰ÌÂÈ
ÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚÍÓÈ
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÒÌËχÂÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ Ò ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓÏ
Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÎË Ó·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
BACK LIGHT.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ BACK LIGHT. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
c
[a]
BACK LIGHT
[a] Subject is too dark because of backlight.
[b] Subject becomes bright with backlight
compensation.
[b]
[a] é·˙ÂÍÚ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï ËÁ-Á‡
Á‡‰ÌÂÈÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚÍË.
[b]é·˙ÂÍÚ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl fl ÍËÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÍÓÏÔÂÌÒ‡ˆËËÁ‡‰ÌÂÈÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚÍË.
After shooting
Be sure to release this adjustment condition by
pressing BACK LIGHT again. The c indicator
disappears. Otherwise, the picture will be too
bright under normal lighting condition.
This function is also effective under the
following conditions:
•A subject with a light source nearby or a mirror
reflecting light
•A white subject against a white background.
Especially when you shoot a person wearing
shiny clothes made of silk or synthetic fibre, his
or her face tends to become dark if you do not
use this function.
èÓÒÎÂ Ò˙ÂÏÍË
ç Á‡·Û‰¸Ú ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ˝ÚÓÈ
„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl
BACK LIGHT ÒÌÓ‚‡. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ c ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ. Ç
Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ fl ÍËÏ ‚ ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl.
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ˝ÙÙÂÍÚË‚ÌÓÈ ‚
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı:
• ÑÎfl Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡, ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó fl‰ÓÏ Ò
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓÏ Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ËÎË Á ͇ÎÓÏ,
ÓÚ ‡Ê‡˛˘ËÏ Ò‚ÂÚ.
• ÅÂÎ˚È Ó·˙ÂÍÚ Ì‡ ·ÂÎÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ. éÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ,
ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÒÌËχÂÚ ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇ ‚ ·ÎÂÒÚfl˘ÂÈ
Ó‰Âʉ ËÁ ¯ÂÎ͇ ËÎË ÒËÌÚÂÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
‚ÓÎÓÍ̇, Â„Ó ËÎË Â ÎËˆÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸
ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛.
60
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Re-recording a
picture in the middle
of a recorded tape
[a]
1
EDITSEARCH
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸ ÒˆÂÌÛ ‚ Ò ‰ËÌÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ÔÛÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Ë ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÂÍ ÏÓÌڇʇ. ê‡ÌÂÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚È Ï‡Ú ˇΠ‚ ˝ÚÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÒÚÂ Ú. ÖÒÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ COUNTER ̇
NORMAL ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ÎÂÌÚ˚.
(1)äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚
ÂÊËÏ„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,‰Â ÊËÚÂÌ̇ʇÚÓÈ
ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ+(‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË‚Ô ‰)ËÎË–
(Ó· ‡ÚÌÓ‚ÓÒÔ ËÓÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ)ÍÌÓÔÍË
EDITSEARCH Ë ÓÚÔÛÒÚËڠ ‚ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ, „‰Â
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ Á‡ÍÓ̘ËÚ¸ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍÛ [b].
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚ÓȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË.
(2)ç‡ÊÏËÚ COUNTER RESET. ë˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ
Ò· ‡Ò˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ÌÛθ.
(3)Ñ ÊËÚ ̇ʇÚÓÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÛ – ÍÌÓÔÍË
EDITSEARCH Ë ÓÚÔÛÒÚËڠ ‚ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ, „‰Â
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ̇˜‡Ú¸ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍÛ [a].
(4)ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO MEM ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡Î‚ÂÌËfl. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ZERO MEM ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.
(5)ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚
ÌÛ΂ÓÈ ÚӘ͠ҘÂÚ˜Ë͇.
[b]
3
4
COUNTER
RESET
EDITSEARCH
ZERO MEM
5
V
2
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
You can insert a scene in the middle of a
recorded tape by setting the starting and ending
points. The previous recorded portion will be
erased. If the RC time code appears in the
viewfinder, set COUNTER to NORMAL in the
menu system to display the tape counter.
(1) While the camcorder is in standby mode, keep
pressing the + (forward playback) or –
(reverse playback) side of EDITSEARCH, and
release the button where you want to end the
insertion [b]. The camcorder enters standby
mode again.
(2) Press COUNTER RESET. The counter resets
to zero.
(3) Keep pressing the – side of EDITSEARCH and
release the button at the point where you
want to start the insertion [a].
(4) Press ZERO MEM on the Remote
Commander. The ZERO MEM indicator
flashes.
(5) Press START/STOP to start recording. The
recording stops automatically at the counter
zero point.
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ Ò ‰ËÌÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌ˚
TR
OFF
CA
ME
RA
61
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Re-recording a picture in the
middle of a recorded tape
è ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚
Ò ‰ËÌ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌ˚
To change the end point
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË
Press ZERO MEM to erase the ZERO MEM
indicator, then repeat steps 2 to 5.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO MEM ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡ ZERO MEM, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ
ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ 2 – 5.
Note on re-recording
The picture and the sound may be distorted at
the end of the inserted portion when it is played
back.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒË
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ˚ ‚
ÍÓ̈ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
62
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Optimizing the tape
condition before
recording
éÔÚËÏËÁ‡ˆËfl
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚
Ô ‰Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛
MENU
2
MENU
WIND
COMMANDER
COUNTER
ORC TO SET
REC MODE
TITLE COL
TITLE POS
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
START / STOP
KEY
[ MENU ] : END
3
STBY
V
1
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ORC TO SET ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‰Îfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍËÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl
Á‡ÔËÒË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ ÔÓ
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚËÁ‡ÔËÒË.
(1) ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ Ô ‰
̇˜‡ÎÓÏ Á‡ÔËÒË.
(2) èÓ‚ ÂÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó ‡
ORC TO SET, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
CONTROL. “START/STOP KEY”
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ .
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ START/STOP. “ORC” ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 9
ÒÂÍÛ̉ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ . ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ˆËfl
“ORC” ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ
ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Á‡‚ ¯Â̇. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Û‰‡ÎËÚÂ
͇ÒÒÂÚÛ, ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ ÌÂÚÒfl Í Ô ÂÊÌÂÏÛ
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌ˲.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÊ Á‡‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÎË ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛
ÙÛÌÍˆË˛, ÚÓ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl “ORC ON”, ÍÓ„‰‡
Ç˚ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚ ORC TO SET ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Set the ORC TO SET in the menu to
automatically adjust the recording condition of
the tape to get the best possible recording.
(1) Insert a cassette, and press MENU to display
the menu on the LCD screen before starting
recording.
(2) Turn the CONTROL dial to select the ORC TO
SET, then press the CONTROL dial.
“START/STOP KEY” appears on the LCD
screen.
(3) Press START/STOP. “ORC” blinks for about
9 seconds on the LCD screen. If “ORC”
disappears, it means that setting is completed.
Once you eject a cassette, the setting returns to
the default.
If you have already performed this function,
“ORC ON” is displayed when you select ORC
TO SET in the menu system.
TR
ORC
OFF
CA
ME
RA
63
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Optimizing the tape
condition before recording
Note on ORC TO SET setting
When you eject a cassette, the ORC TO SET
setting is released. Set ORC TO SET when you
insert a cassette. When you set ORC TO SET, the
recording on the tape is erased for about 0.1
second so that the camcorder can check the tape
condition. Be careful when you use a recorded
tape. The 0.1 second blank is erased if you record
from the point where you set ORC TO SET for
more than 2 seconds, or if you record over the
blank. You cannot set ORC TO SET for a cassette
with its tab out (red).
éÔÚËÏËÁ‡ˆËfl ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl
ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ô ‰ Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ORC TO SET
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÂÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
ORC TO SET ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl. ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚÂ
ORC TO SET, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ORC TO SET,
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ÒÚË ‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ 0,1 ÒÂÍÛ̉˚, Ú‡Í,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÒÏӄ· Ô Ó‚Â ËÚ¸
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ÎÂÌÚ˚. ÅÛ‰¸Ú ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚, ÍÓ„‰‡
Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ. 0,1ÒÂÍÛ̉Ì˚È Ô Ó·ÂÎ ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÚ ÚÓ˜ÍË, „‰Â Ç˚
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ORC TO SET ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 2
ÒÂÍÛ̉˚,ËÎËÂÒÎËÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸
ÔÓ‚Â ı ÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË. Ç˚ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ORC TO SET ‰Îfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ ·ÂÁ
ÎÂÔÂÒÚ͇ (Í ‡Ò̇fl ÏÂÚ͇).
64
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Watching on a TV
screen
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
You can use the camcorder as a VCR. Connect
the camcorder to the inputs on the TV using the
supplied A/V connecting cable. Set the TV/VCR
selector on the TV to VCR. Procedure to play
back is the same as when playing back on the
LCD screen. Turn down the volume of the
camcorder.
While playing back on a TV screen, close the
LCD panel to reduce noise during various
playback.
ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ Á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ ‰Îfl
ÛÏÂ̸¯ÂÌËfl ÔÓÏÂı ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı ÂÊËχı.
If you are going to connect the camcorder using S
video cable (not supplied) [a], you do not need to
connect the yellow (video) plug of the A/V
connecting cable [b].
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Í‡·ÂÎfl S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) [a], ÚÓ Ç‡Ï Ì ÌÛÊÌÓ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÚ¸ ÊÂÎÚ˚È (‚ˉÂÓ) ‡Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ[b].
TV
S VIDEO IN
[a]
ç
S VIDEO
AUDIO/VIDEO
VIDEO IN
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â äÇå. èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í
‚ıÓ‰‡Ï ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/
‚ˉÂÓ. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ TV/VCR ̇
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË VCR. è ÓˆÂ‰Û ‡
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ڇ͇fl ÊÂ Í‡Í Ë Ô Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. èÓÌËÁ¸ÚÂ
„ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
[b] ç
AUDIO IN
Ç : Signal flow / è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
If your VCR is already connected to a TV
Connect the camcorder to the LINE IN inputs on
the VCR by using the A/V connecting cable. Set
the input selector on the VCR to LINE. Set the
TV/VCR selector on the TV to VCR.
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÛÊ ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ Ò äÇå
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í ‚ıÓ‰‡Ï LINE IN
̇ äÇå Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó͇·ÂÎfl‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ ̇
äÇå ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË LINE. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ
TV/VCR ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË VCR.
TV
S VIDEO IN
[a]
ç
S VIDEO
AUDIO/VIDEO
VCR
VIDEO IN
[b] ç
AUDIO IN
Ç : Signal flow / è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
65
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Watching on a TV screen
If your TV or VCR is a monaural type
Connect the yellow plug of the A/V connecting
cable for video to the TV or VCR. Connect only
the white or red plug for audio to the TV or VCR.
If you connect the white plug, the sound is L
(left) signal. If you connect the red plug, the
sound is R (right) signal.
Monitoring the picture from a TV or VCR
You can monitor the picture on the LCD screen.
Connect the camcorder to the outputs on the TV
or VCR.
è ÓÒÏÓÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË äÇå
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ÚËÔ‡
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÊÂÎÚ˚È ‡ Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË äÇå ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ·ÂÎ˚È ËÎË Í ‡ÒÌ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË äÇå ‰Îfl
‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚.ÖÒÎËÇ˚ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
·ÂÎ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ, Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl
˜Â ÂÁ L ΂˚È ÒË„‡Î. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
Í ‡ÒÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ, Á‚ÛÍ ·Â‰ÂÚ Ô ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl
˜Â ÂÁ R (Ô ‡‚˚È) Ò˄̇Î.
è ÓÒÏÓÚ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡ ËËÎ
äÇå
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ ÓÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í
‚˚ıÓ‰‡Ï ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â ËÎË äÇå.
66
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Searching the
boundaries of
recorded tape
èÓËÒÍ „ ‡Ìˈ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ‰‡Ú
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÚ¸ ÔÓËÒÍ „ ‡Ìˈ
ÏÂÊ‰Û Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ÏË ‰‡Ú‡ÏË Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÍÓ‰‡ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı,
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛˘Â„ÓÒfl ̇ ÎÂÌÚÂ.
ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰‚‡ ÂÊËχ:
• èÓËÒÍ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÈ ‰‡Ú˚ Ò
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏÒÚÓ„ÓÏÂÒÚ‡( ÔÓËÒÍ
‰‡Ú˚)
• èÓËÒÍ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ‚ÒÂı ‰‡Ú, Ó‰ÌÓÈ Á‡ ‰ Û„ÓÈ, Ò
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ͇ʉÓÈ ËÁ ÌËı
(Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌË ‰‡Ú )
Each time you press DATE SEARCH, the mode
changes as follows:
Date Search
Date Scan
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ DATE
SEARCH, ÂÊËÏ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:
Búsqueda
de‰‡Ú˚
fecha
Exploración
de‰‡Ú
fecha
èÓËÒÍ
ë͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËÂ
Ç Nada
˚ÍÎ.
Nothing
To search for the beginning of a
specific date
(1) Set the POWER switch to VTR.
(2) Press DATE SEARCH.
(3) When the current position is [b], press 0 to
search towards [a] or press ) to search
towards [c].
To scan the beginning of all days
(1) Set the POWER switch to VTR.
(2) Press DATE SEARCH twice.
(3) Press 0 or ). Date Scan starts.
ÑÎfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇˜‡Î‡ ÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÈ
‰‡Ú˚
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ DATE SEARCH.
(3) ÖÒÎË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË [b], ̇ÊÏËÚ 0
‰Îfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË [a] ËÎË Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
) ‰Îfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË [c].
ÑÎfl Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÒÂı ‰‡Ú
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ DATE SEARCH.
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0 ËÎË ). ë͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌË ‰‡Ú
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl.
4.7.1996
31.12.1996
DATE
[a]
DATE
SEARCH
[b]
[c]
DATE
SCAN
1
PL
2
5.7.1996
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
You can search for the boundary between
recording dates using the Data Code
automatically recorded on the tape.
There are two modes:
• Searching for the beginning of a specific date,
and playing back from there (Date Search)
• Searching for the beginning of all days, one
after another and playing back about 10
seconds of each (Date Scan)
ER
AY
OFF
CA
ME
3
REW
PLAY
RA
FF
67
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Searching the boundaries of
recorded tape
èÓËÒÍ „ ‡Ìˈ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı
‰‡Ú
To stop searching or scanning
Press one of the following tape transport buttons:
·, p, 0 or ).
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ÔÓËÒ͇ ËÎË Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ӉÌÛ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ
Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚:
·, p, 0 ËÎË ).
To view pictures during searching or scanning
Press · and then press 0 or ).
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
ÔÓËÒ͇ ËÎË Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ·, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ 0 ËÎË ).
Notes on Date Search and Date Scan mode
•If a day’s recording is not longer than 2
minutes, the camcorder may not accurately find
its boundaries.
•Date Search and Date Scan do not function on a
tape recorded by a camcorder without the Data
Code function.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÂÊËÏÛ ÔÓËÒ͇ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡Ì˲ ‰‡Ú
• ÖÒÎË ‰Ì‚̇fl Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ô Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ÌÂ
·ÓΠ2-ı ÏËÌÛÚ, ÚÓ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÚÓ˜ÌÓ Ì ̇ÈÚË „ ‡ÌˈÛ.
• èÓËÒÍ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌË ‰‡Ú ÌÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË Û˛Ú Ì‡ ÎÂÌÚÂ, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ Ì‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÍÓ‰‡ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı.
68
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Returning to a preregistered position
1
2
DISPLAY
àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂڠ΄ÍÓ ‚ ÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ê·ÂÏÓÈ
ÚӘ͠ÎÂÌÚ˚ ÔÓÒΠ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ҘÂÚ˜ËÍ ÎÂÌÚ˚. äÓ„‰‡
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ,
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ COUNTER ̇ NORMAL ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÏÂÌ˛ ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ÎÂÌÚ˚.
(1) ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
COUNTER RESET ‚ ÏÂÒÚÂ, ÍÓÚÓ ÓÂ Ç˚
ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÚÓÏ Ó·Ì‡ ÛÊËÚ¸. ë˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸ “0:00:00" ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ p. ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO MEM ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ZERO MEM ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0 ‰Îfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË
ÎÂÌÚ˚ ̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ) ‰Îfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ
Ô ÂÏÓÚÍË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚Ô ‰ ‰Ó ÌÛ΂ÓÈ
ÚÓ˜ÍË Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇. ãÂÌÚ‡ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË,ÍÓ„‰‡Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͉ÓȉÂÚ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‰Ó 0.
COUNTER
RESET
0:00:00
STOP
3
ZERO MEM
4
REW
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
Using the Remote Commander, you can easily go
back to the desired point on a tape after
playback. Use the tape counter. When the RC
time code appears on the LCD screen, set
COUNTER to NORMAL in the menu system to
display the tape counter.
(1) During playback, press COUNTER RESET at
the point you later want to locate. The
counter shows “0:00:00” on the LCD screen.
(2) Press p when you want to stop playback.
(3) Press ZERO MEM on the Remote
Commander. The ZERO MEM indicator
flashes on the LCD screen.
(4) Press 0 to rewind or press ) to fastforward the tape to the counter’s zero point.
The tape stops automatically when the
counter reaches approximately zero.
ÇÓÁ‚ ‡Ú Í Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓÁ‡ „ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË
0:12:34
ZERO MEM
69
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Returning to a pre-registered
position
ÇÓÁ‚ ‡Ú Í Ô Â‰‚‡ Ë-ÚÂθÌÓ
Á‡ „ËÒÚ Ë Ó-‚‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓÁˈËË
Notes on the tape counter
•Something must be recorded on the tape in
order for the tape counter to function. Tape
counter does not work on a blank tape.
•There may be a discrepancy of several seconds
from the actual time.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ò˜ÂÚ˜ËÍÛ ÎÂÌÚ˚
• óÚÓ-ÌË·Û‰¸ ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓ Ì‡
ÎÂÌÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ò˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ ÎÂÌÚ˚
ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË Ó‚‡Î. ë˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Ô Ë ÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌÚÂ.
• åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡ÒıÓʉÂÌË ̇ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ
ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò Ù‡ÍÚ˘ÂÒÍËÏ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ.
Notes on ZERO MEM
•When you press ZERO MEM, the counter’s
zero point is memorized. Press ZERO MEM
again to cancel the memory.
•This function is cancelled automatically once
the tape is rewound or advanced to the point
you pre-registered.
•ZERO MEM does not function during playing
back.
•ZERO MEM does not function when
COUNTER is set to TIME CODE in the menu
system.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ZERO MEM
• äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ZERO MEM, ÌÛ΂‡fl
ÚӘ͇ Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚÒfl. ëÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ ZERO MEM ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl Ô‡ÏflÚË.
• чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÎÂÌÚ‡ Ô ÂÏÓÚ‡ÂÚÒfl
̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ‚Ô ‰ ‰Ó ÚÓ˜ÍË, ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚
Á‡ÔÓÏÌËÎË.
• ZERO MEM Ì ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË ÛÂÚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
• ZERO MEM Ì ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË ÛÂÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl COUNTER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ TIME
CODE ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
70
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Locating the marking
position
If you mark an index signal during recording or
playback, you can easily locate the beginning of a
desired programme later.
Marking an index signal
When marking at the beginning of
recording or playback
Press INDEX MARK on the Remote Commander
in Standby or playback pause mode. The INDEX
MARK indicator appears on the LCD screen with
the MARK indicator flashing. When recording or
playback starts, the MARK indicator stops
flashing. This shows that the index signal is
being marked. Then the INDEX MARK indicator
will disappear.
When marking during recording or
playback
Press INDEX MARK on the Remote Commander
at the point you want to locate later.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ÚÓ Ç˚
ÔÓÚÓÏ Î„ÍÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ӷ̇ ÛÊËÚ¸ ̇˜‡ÎÓ
Ê·ÂÏÓÈ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇·
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
è ËÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÔÓÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û̇ÊÏËÚÂ
DISPLAY.
è Ë ÓÚÏÂÚÍ ‚ ̇˜‡Î Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ INDEX MARK ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚËËÎËÔ‡ÛÁ˚‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ INDEX MARK ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ Ò ÏË„‡˛˘ËÏ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÏ
MARK.äÓ„‰‡Á‡ÔËÒ¸ËÎË‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl,Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ MARKÔ ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸. ùÚÓ ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ì. á‡ÚÂÏ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
INDEX MARK ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ.
è Ë ÓÚÏÂÚÍ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
You can mark an index signal during recording
or playback with the Remote Commander.
When you see on a TV, press DISPLAY.
ç‡ıÓʉÂÌËÂ
ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ INDEX MARK ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ, ÍÓÚÓ Û˛
Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÚÓÏ Ó·Ì‡ ÛÊËÚ¸.
MARK
INDEX
MARK
71
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Locating the marking
position
Notes on marking
•Make sure you mark index signals at more than
two-minute intervals. Otherwise, you may not
be able to search for them correctly.
•If you stop recording while the index signal is
being marked (the INDEX MARK indicator
lights on the LCD screen), the search may not
be completed correctly.
•If you mark an index signal on the tape with
the Data Code, the Data Code will be erased at
the point on which the index signal is marked.
When playing back this tape, the camcorder
keeps displaying the Data Code immediately
before the erased one.
•A black band appears when you mark the
index signal during playback, and you cannot
hear the sound. This does not affect the picture
and the sound that are already recorded.
•An index signal is marked automatically when
you start recording with the POWER switch to
VTR. When you start recording from recording
pause mode, however, an index signal is not
marked.
•You cannot mark an index signal on a tape with
the red mark on the cassette exposed.
•You cannot mark an index when you set
START/STOP MODE to or 5SEC.
ç‡ıÓʉÂÌË ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓÁˈËË
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ÔËÒË Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇·
• Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ Ó·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚ Ò˄̇Î˚ Ò ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ
‰‚ÛıÏËÌÛÚÌ˚ÏË ËÌÚ ‚‡Î‡ÏË. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ç˚ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚ¸ Ëı
Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
• ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ÔËÒËË̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„ÓÒ˄̇·(Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
INDEX MARK „Ó ËÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ), ÔÓËÒÍ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π̇
ÎÂÌÚÂ Ò ÍÓ‰ÓÏ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı, ÚÓ ÍÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı
·Û‰ÂÚÒÚ ڂÚÓ˜ÍÂ,‚ÍÓÚÓ ÓÈÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ì
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î. è Ë ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË
Ú‡ÍÓÈ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÍÓ‰
‰‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌÂÔÓÒ Â‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‰Ó ÚÓ„Ó, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È
·˚Î ÒÚÂ Ú.
• ó ̇fl ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚˚
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, Ë Á‚ÛÍ Ô ÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸Òfl
Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ. ùÚÓ Ì ‚ÎËflÂÚ Ì‡ Á‚ÛÍ Ë
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÍÓÚÓ ˚ ÛÊ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇˜ÌÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸, ÍÓ„‰‡
Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË VTR, Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π·Û‰ÂÚ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË Ç˚
̇˜ÌÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚,
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠÌ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î
̇ ÎÂÌÚÂ, ÂÒÎË Ì‡ ͇ÒÒÂÚ ‚ˉ̇ Í ‡Ò̇fl
ÏÂÚ͇.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î,
ÂÒÎË START/STOP MODE ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ ËÎË 5SEC.
72
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Scanning the beginning of each
marking position – index scan
1
INDEX
è ËÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÔÓÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û̇ÊÏËÚÂ
DISPLAY.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ INDEX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0 ËÎË ). ãÂÌÚ‡ ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓ
Ô ÂχÚ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇Á‡‰ ËÎË ‚Ô ‰ Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÔ Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÓÚ Í‡Ê‰ÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË, ‚
ÍÓÚÓ ÓÈ ·˚Î Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ Ô Ó‰ÓÎÊËÚ¸
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ·. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
Ì ̇ÊËχÂÚ ÌË͇ÍÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË, ̇ ÎÂÌÚÂ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍËÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒflÔÓËÒÍ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚.
INDEX 00
SCAN
2
REW
FF
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
When you see on a TV, press DISPLAY.
(1) Press INDEX on the Remote Commander
during normal playback or stop.
(2) Press 0 or ). The tape rewinds or
advances rapidly and plays back for
approximately 10 seconds from the point on
which the index signal was marked. If you
want to continue playback, press ·. When
you do not press any button, the tape is
automatically scanned to the next
programme.
ë͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌË ̇˜‡Î‡ ͇ʉÓÈ
ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË –
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËÂ
INDEX 00
SCAN
To cancel index scan mode
Press · . Normal playback resumes.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÂÊËχ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó
Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ·. çÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ.
73
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Locating the marking
position
ç‡ıÓʉÂÌË ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓÁˈËË
Locating the desired marking
position – index search
ç‡ıÓʉÂÌË Ê·ÂÏÓÈ
ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË –
à̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È ÔÓËÒÍ
When you see on a TV, press DISPLAY.
(1) Press INDEX on the Remote Commander
during stop or playback mode.
(2) Press INDEX repeatedly until the index
number of the desired programme is
displayed on the LCD screen.
(3) Press 0 or ). Playback starts from the
beginning of the desired programme.
[a] the current position
[b] the index number
è ËÔ ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÔÓÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û̇ÊÏËÚÂ
DISPLAY.
(1) ç‡ÊÏËÚ INDEX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ËÎË
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(2) çÂÓ‰ÌÓÍ ‡ÚÌÓ Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ INDEX ‰Ó ÚÂı
ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È ÌÓÏ Ê·ÂÏÓÈ
Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚ Ì ÓÚÓ· ‡ÁËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ.
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ 0ËÎË ). ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ Ê·ÂÏÓÈ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚.
[a] ÚÂÍÛ˘Â ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
[b] Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È ÌÓÏÂ
[a]
1
INDEX
INDEX 00
SCAN
2
INDEX
INDEX 02
SEARCH
[b] 2
1
1
3
To stop index search mode
Press · . Normal playback resumes.
Note on the index number
The index number (1, 2, etc.) indicates the
distance from the point you are now viewing [a],
regardless of the direction.
74
REW
2
FF
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ÂÊËχ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓËÒ͇
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ·. çÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏ Û.
à̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È ÌÓÏ (1, 2 Ë Ú.‰.) Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ
‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂÓÚÏÂÒÚ‡,ÍÓÚÓ ÓÂÇ˚
Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ [a],
ÌÂÁ‡‚ËÒÏËÓ ÓÚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Erasing an index signal
ëÚË ‡ÌË Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇·
1
INDEX
REW
(1) ç‡È‰ËÚ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠÔÓ‰ÎÂʇ˘ËÈ
ÒÚË ‡Ì˲ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËË
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËfl ËÎË Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓËÒ͇.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ INDEX ERASE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ Ô Â‰Â·ı ÓÚ
2 ‰Ó 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ê·ÂÏÓÈ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚. èÓÒΠÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡ÂÚÒfl Í ÂÊËÏÛ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó
Ò͇ÌË Ó‚‡ÌËfl ËÎË Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó ÔÓËÒ͇, ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚÓ„Ó, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ËÁ ÌËı ·˚Î
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì ‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 1.
FF
2
Notes on erasing
•Press INDEX ERASE more than 2 seconds after
the playback of the desired programme begins.
•You cannot erase the index signal on a tape
with the red mark on the cassette exposed.
•While the index signal is being erased, the
sound cannot be heard and a black band
appears at the bottom of the picture. This will
not affect the recorded sound or picture.
•The camcorder can detect index signals marked
with VCRs, but may not erase them. VCRs
with an index function can detect index signals
marked with this camcorder but cannot erase
them.
•An index signal may be erased when making
PCM after recording on another VCR in the
portion where the index signal is marked.
INDEX
ERASE
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
(1) Locate the index signal to be erased using the
index scan or index search function.
(2) Press INDEX ERASE on the Remote
Commander within 2 to 10 seconds while the
desired programme plays back. After the
index signal is erased, the camcorder returns
to index scan or index search mode,
whichever was used in step 1.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÒÚË ‡Ì˲
• ç‡ÊÏËÚ INDEX ERASE ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 2
ÒÂÍÛ̉˚ ÔÓÒΠ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ê·ÂÏÓÈ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏ˚.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ ÂÚ¸ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠÒ
ÎÂÌÚ˚, ÂÒÎË Ì‡ ͇ÒÒÂÚ ‚ˉ̇ Í ‡Ò̇fl
ÏÂÚ͇.
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· Á‚ÛÍ
Ô ÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ, Ë ˜Â ̇fl ÔÓÎÓÒ‡
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ÌËÁÛ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl. ùÚÓ ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÎËflÚ¸ ̇ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ Á‚ÛÍ Ë
ËÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ÏÓÊÂÚ‰ÂÚÂÍÚË Ó‚‡Ú¸
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚ Ò˄̇Î˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ̇ äÇå,
ÌÓ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Ëı ÒÚ ÂÚ¸. äÇå Ò Ë̉ÂÍÒÌÓÈ
ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‰ÂÚÂÍÚË Ó‚‡Ú¸ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚Â
Ò˄̇Î˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â, ÌÓ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Ëı ÒÚ ÂÚ¸.
• à̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÒÚÂ Ú Ô Ë
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË PCM ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ‰ Û„ÓÏ
äÇå ‚ ˜‡ÒÚË, „‰Â Ë̉ÂÌÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π·˚Î
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì.
75
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Locating the marking
position
Note on RC time code and Data Code
When an index signal is erased, the RC time code
and Data Code on the same portion of the tape is
also erased. Bars (–) appear in place of the RC
time code when the portion is played back. To
use that tape for editing using an editing
controller (not supplied), rewrite the RC time
code.
ç‡ıÓʉÂÌË ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓÁˈËË
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÏÛ ÍÓ‰Û RC Ë ÍÓ‰Û
‰‡ÌÌ˚ı
äÓ„‰‡ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÚ Ú,
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC Ë ÍÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı ̇ ÚÓÈ ÊÂ
˜‡ÒÚË ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ú‡ÍÊ ÒÚË ‡˛ÚÒfl. ó ÚÓ˜ÍË (–)
ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÒÚ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC,
ÍÓ„‰‡·Û‰ÂÚ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl˝Ú‡˜‡ÒÚ¸.è Ë
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ˝ÚÓÈ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÏÓÌڇʇ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ‚ˉÂÓÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÌÓ„Ó ÔÛθڇ (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) ÒÌÓ‚‡ Á‡Ô˯ËÚ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰
RC.
76
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
2
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC ̇
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌÚÂ. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
(1) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ COUNTER ̇TIME CODE ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
(3) è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡Á‡‰ ̇ ̇˜‡ÎÓ Ë
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ TIME CODE WRITE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
TIME CODE WRITE ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ Ò ÏË„‡˛˘ËÏ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÏ WRITE.
(5) ç‡ÊÏËÚ · ËÎË P ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.à̉Ë͇ÚÓ WRITE
Ô ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸, Ë Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÍÓ‰‡ RC ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl Ò 0:00:00:00.
1
MENU
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
TR
OFF
CA
ME
RA
MENU
COUNTER
4
TIME CODE
WRITE
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
You can write the RC time code on a recorded
tape. Use the Remote Commander.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to VTR.
(2) Set COUNTER to TIME CODE in the menu
system.
(3) Rewind the tape to the beginning and set the
camcorder to playback pause mode.
(4) Press TIME CODE WRITE on the Remote
Commander. The TIME CODE WRITE
indicator appears on the LCD screen with the
WRITE indicator flashing.
(5) Press · or P to start playback. The WRITE
indicator stops flashing and the RC time code
writing starts from 0:00:00:00.
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÍÓ‰‡ RC ̇
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌÚÂ
V
Writing the RC time
code on a recorded
tape
NORMAL
TIME CODE
-:--:--:-TIMECODE
WRITE
5
PLAY
PAUSE
0:00:00:01
3
REW
PLAY
PAUSE
TIMECODE
WRITE
To stop writing the RC time code
Press p (or any tape transport button).
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÍÓ‰‡ RC
ç‡ÊÏËÚ p (ËÎË Î˛·Û˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl
ÎÂÌÚ˚).
77
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Writing the RC time code on
a recorded tape
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC
̇ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ÎÂÌÚÂ
To write the RC time code from the
end of the RC time code recorded
portion
ÑÎfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC ÓÚ
ÍÓ̈‡ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË Ò ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌ˚Ï
ÍÓ‰ÓÏ RC
Rewind the tape to the portion on which the RC
time code has been written and set the camcorder
to playback pause mode. Then follow steps 4
and 5 on the previous page. The RC time code is
written continuously.
è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡Á‡‰ ‰Ó ˜‡ÒÚË, ̇
ÍÓÚÓ ÓÈ ·˚Î Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC, Ë
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. á‡ÚÂÏ ÒΉÛÈÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡Ï 5
Ë 6 ̇ Ô Â‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ. Ç ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰
RC ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì ·ÂÁ Ô  ˚‚‡.
Notes on writing the RC time code
•The RC time code writing stops when:
– you press TIME CODE WRITE again before
starting playback.
– you press INDEX before starting playback.
– you change from playback mode to another
mode.
•When you are writing the RC time code from
the middle of a tape without the time code
written, writing starts several frames before the
current picture.
•If you write the RC time code on a recorded
tape, the Data Code and index signal are
erased.
•You cannot mark the RC time code on a tape
with its record protect tab out (red).
•When you are writing the RC time code, the
sound cannot be heard and a black band
appears at the bottom of the picture. This does
not affect the picture and sound that are
already recorded.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC
• á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl,
ÍÓ„‰‡:
– Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ TIME CODE WRITE ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‰Ó
̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
– Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ INDEX ‰Ó ̇˜‡Î‡
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
– Ç˚ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇
‰ Û„ÓÈÂÊËÏ.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC Ò
Ò ‰ËÌ˚ ÎÂÌÚ˚, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ ÓÈ Ì Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC, Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡
̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ̇ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ Í‡‰ Ó‚ ‡Ì¸¯Â
ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC ̇
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ, ÚÓ ÍÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Ë
Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠÒÚË ‡˛ÚÒfl.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC
̇ ÎÂÌÚ ·ÂÁ Ô Â‰Óı ‡ÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ÎÂÔÂÒÚ͇
(Í ‡Ò̇fl ÏÂÚ͇).
• äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC,
Á‚ÛÍ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô ÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸Òfl, Ë ˜Â ̇fl
ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÌËÁÛ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl. ùÚÓ
Ì ‚ÎËflÂÚ Ì‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚Â
ÛÊ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚.
Note on -:--:--:-- indicator
The -:--:--:-- indicator appears during playback if:
•nothing is recorded.
•the RC time code is unreadable because of the
damage of the tape or because of the noise.
•you recorded using another VCR without RC
time code function.
•you erase the index signal or make PCM after
recording on another VCR in the portion on
which the RC time code is written.
In this case, we recommend you to rewrite the
RC time code.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Û -:--:--:-à̉Ë͇ÚÓ -:--:--:-- ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl,ÂÒÎË:
• ÌË˜Â„Ó Ì Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓ.
• ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC Ì ҘËÚ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ËÁ-Á‡
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÎË ËÁ-Á‡ ÔÓÏÂı.
• Ç˚ Ô ÓËÁ‚ÂÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
‰ Û„Ó„Ó äÇå ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡
RC.
• Ç˚ ÒÚË ‡ÂÚ Ë̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇ΠËÎË
‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ êëå ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ‰ Û„ÓÏ
äÇå ‚ ˜‡ÒÚË, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ ÓÈ ·˚Î Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì
‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC.
Ç Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ï˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ Ç‡Ï
Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC.
78
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Editing onto another
tape
You can create your own video programme by
editing with any other h 8 mm, H Hi8, j
VHS, k S-VHS,  VHSC, K S-VHSC
or l Betamax VCR that has audio/video inputs.
Before editing
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í äÇå,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÓ‰ÂÌËÚÂθÌ˚È
͇·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ
TV/VCR ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË VCR.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒÂÎÂÍÚÓ ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ ̇
äÇå ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË LINE, ÂÒÎË ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚
̇΢ËË.
(1) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ EDIT ̇ ON ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
TR
OFF
CA
ME
2
RA
MENU
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
V
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡Ú¸ LJ¯Û ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÛ˛
‚ˉÂÓÔ Ó„ ‡ÏÏÛ ÔÛÚÂÏ ÏÓÌڇʇ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‰ Û„Ó„Ó äÇå ÚËÔ‡ h 8 ÏÏ, H Hi8, j VHS,
k S-VHS,  VHSC, K S-VHSC ËÎË
l Betamax, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ËÏÂÂÚ ‚ıÓ‰˚ ‡Û‰ËÓ/
‚ˉÂÓ.
è ‰ ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÂÏ
Connect the camcorder to the VCR using the
supplied A/V connecting cable. Set the TV/VCR
selector on the TV to VCR. Set the input selector
on the VCR to LINE, if available.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to VTR.
(2) Set EDIT to ON in the menu system.
1
åÓÌÚ‡Ê Ì‡ ‰ Û„Û˛
ÎÂÌÚÛ
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
MENU
EDIT
OFF
ON
[ MENU ] : END
Ç : Signal flow / è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
If your TV or VCR is a monaural type
Connect the yellow plug of the A/V connecting
cable for video to the TV or VCR. Connect only
the white or red plug for audio to the TV or VCR.
If you connect the white plug, the sound is L
(left) signal. If you connect the red plug, the
sound is R (right) signal.
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË äÇå
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ÚËÔ‡
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÊÂÎÚ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ ‰Îfl
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË äÇå.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ·ÂÎ˚È ËÎË Í ‡ÒÌ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ ‰Îfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û ËÎË
äÇå. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ·ÂÎ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ,
ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl L (΂˚Ï)
ÒË„‡Ì‡ÎÓÏ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ Í ‡ÒÌ˚È
‡Á˙ÂÏ, ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô Â‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl R
(Ô ‡‚˚Ï) Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ.
79
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Editing onto another tape
åÓÌÚ‡Ê Ì‡ ‰ Û„Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ
Starting
editing
Editing onto
another tape
燘‡ÎÓ ÏÓÌڇʇ
Turn down the volume of the camcorder while
editing. Otherwise, picture distortion may occur.
(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to
record over) into the VCR, and insert your
recorded tape into the camcorder.
(2) Play back the recorded tape on the camcorder
until you locate the point where you want to
start editing, then press P to set the
camcorder in playback pause mode.
(3) On the VCR, locate the recording start point
and set the VCR in recording pause mode.
(4) Press P on the camcorder and VCR
simultaneously to start editing.
To edit more scenes
Repeat steps 2 to 4.
To stop editing
èÓÌËÁ¸Ú „ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
ÏÓÌڇʇ. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓ„ÛÚ
Ô ÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ¸ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËflËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
(1) ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ˜ËÒÚÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ (ËÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ,
ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸) ‚ äÇå
Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú LJ¯Û Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
(2) ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ÎÂÌÚÛ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ç˚ ÌÂ
ӷ̇ ÛÊËÚ ÚÓ˜ÍÛ, ÓÚÍÛ‰‡ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ
̇˜‡Ú¸ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ‰Îfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(3) ç‡È‰ËÚ ̇ äÇå ÚÓ˜ÍÛ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ Á‡ÔËÒË Ë
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ äÇå ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Á‡ÔËÒË.
(4) é‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ äÇå ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡
ÏÓÌڇʇ.
Press p on both the camcorder and the VCR.
ÑÎfl ÏÓÌڇʇ ‰ Û„Ëı ÒˆÂÌ
èÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ ÒÓ 2 ÔÓ 4.
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ÏÓÌڇʇ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ p Ë Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ äÇå.
80
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò äÇå ËÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
Recording from a
VCR or TV
Ç : Signal flow/ è ‰‡˜‡ Ò˄̇·
V
TR
OFF
CA
ME
RA
2
4
PAUSE
REC
PAUSE
REC
~
1
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò ‰ Û„Ó„Ó äÇå
ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÛ˛ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏÛ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡,
ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ËÏÂÂÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰˚ ‚ˉÂÓ/‡Û‰ËÓ.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Í äÇå ËÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Û. ìÏÂ̸¯ËÚ „ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl ÏÓÌڇʇ. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÏÂıË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
èÓÌËÁ¸Ú „ ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
ÏÓÌڇʇ. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓ„ÛÚ
Ô ÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ¸ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËflËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
(1) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) é‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰‚ ÍÌÓÔÍË r
REC, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Á‡ÔËÒË.
(3) 燘ÌËÚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡ äÇå
ËÎË Ì‡ÒÚ ÓÈÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÛ˛ Ô Ó„ ‡ÏÏÛ,
ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ, Ô ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓÂ Ò äÇå ËÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡, ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ P ‚ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ, „‰Â Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ̇˜‡Ú¸
Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
ÉÌÂÁ‰‡ S VIDEO Ë AUDIO/VIDEO ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı „ÌÂÁ‰.
Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔ ‡ˆËË
You can record a tape from another VCR or a TV
programme from a TV that has video/audio
outputs. Connect the camcorder to the VCR or
TV. Turn down the volume of the camcorder
while editing. Otherwise, picture distortion may
occur.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to VTR.
(2) Press the two r REC buttons at the same
time, then press P to set the camcorder to
recording pause mode.
(3) Start playing back a tape on the VCR or tune
in the TV programme you want to record.
The pictures on the VCR or TV appear in the
viewfinder screen of the camcorder.
(4) Press P at the point where you want to start
recording.
S VIDEO and AUDIO/VIDEO jacks
automatically work as input jacks.
TV
AUDIO/VIDEO
ç
[a]
ç
[b]
VIDEO OUT
AUDIO OUT
S VIDEO
VCR
S-VIDEO OUT
If your VCR or TV is a monaural type, connect
only the white plug for audio on the VCR or TV.
If you are going to connect the camcorder using
the S video cable (not supplied) [b], you do not
need to connect the yellow (video) plug of the A/
V connecting cable [a].
Note on the S video plug
If the S video plug is not provided on the TV or
VCR, do not connect the S video cable to the
camcorder, Picture will not appear.
To check the picture from a VCR or
TV before recording
Press P after pressing r. You can check the
picture on the LCD screen.
ÖÒÎË Ç‡¯ äÇå ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„ÓÚËÔ‡,ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÚÓθÍÓ
·ÂÎ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ ‰Îfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ ̇ äÇå
ËÎËÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.ÖÒÎËÇ˚ÔÓ‰ÓÒ‰ËÌflÂÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Í‡·ÂÎfl S‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) [b], Ç‡Ï ÌÂ
ÌÛÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡Ú¸ ÊÂÎÚ˚È (‚ˉÂÓ) ‡Á˙ÂÏ
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ[a].
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
ÖÒÎË ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ ÌÂ
Ô Â‰ÛÒÏÓÚ ÂÌ Ì‡ LJ¯ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â ËÎË
äÇå, Ì ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚ ͇·Âθ S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl) Í ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
ÑÎfl Ô Ó‚Â ÍË ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl,
Ô ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Ò äÇå ËÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡, Ô ‰ Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛
ç‡ÊÏËÚ P ÔÓÒΠ̇ʇÚËfl r REC. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô Ó‚Â ËÚ¸ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
81
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Recording from a VCR or TV
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò äÇå ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡
To stop recording
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ Á‡ÔËÒË
Press p.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ p.
Replacing recording on a tape
(insert editing)
You can insert a new scene from a VCR onto your
originally recorded tape by specifying starting
and ending points.
Connections are the same as in “Recording from
a VCR or TV” on the previous page.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to VTR.
(2) On the VCR, locate the start point to be
inserted and set it to playback pause mode.
(3) On the camcorder, press · to set it to
playback mode, and then locate the point
where the insert should end by pressing 0
or ). Then press P to set it to playback
pause mode.
(4) Press DISPLAY to display the counter, and
then press COUNTER RESET to set the
counter to zero.
(5) On the camcorder, locate the point where the
insert should begin by pressing 0, then
press r REC to set it to recording pause
mode.
(6) Press ZERO MEM on the Remote
Commander. The ZERO MEM indicator
flashes and the end point of the insert is stored
in memory.
(7) Press P on the camcorder and the VCR
simultaneously to start insert editing.
The insert editing stops automatically near the
counter's zero point. Press p to set the
camcorder to stop mode.
To change the end point
Press ZERO MEM on the Remote Commander so
that the ZERO MEM indicator disappears and
begin from step 3.
á‡Ï¢ÂÌË Á‡ÔËÒË Ì‡ ÎÂÌÚÂ
(ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê̇fl ‚ÒÚ‡‚͇)
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸ ÌÓ‚Û˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ äÇå ̇ LJ¯Û Ô ‚Ó̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ ÔÛÚÂÏ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ
Ë ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÂÍ.
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÛÚ Ú‡ÍËÏË ÊÂ, Í‡Í Ë ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò äÇå ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡” ̇
Ô Â‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ.
(1) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) ç‡È‰ËÚ ̇ äÇå ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÛ˛ ÚÓ˜ÍÛ ‰Îfl
‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(3) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  · ‰Îfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Â ̇ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl,
‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡È‰ËÚ ÚÓ˜ÍÛ, „‰Â ‚ÒÚ‡‚͇
‰ÓÎÊ̇ Á‡ÍÓ̘ËÚÒfl, ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl 0
ËÎË ). á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
 ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
(4) ç‡ÊÏËÚ DISPLAY ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ COUNTER
RESET ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ̇ ÌÛθ.
(5) ç‡È‰ËÚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ÚÓ˜ÍÛ, „‰Â
‚ÒÚ‡‚͇ ‰ÓÎÊ̇ ̇˜Ë̇ڸÒfl ÔÛÚÂÏ
̇ʇÚËfl 0, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ r REC ‰Îfl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Â ̇ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Á‡ÔËÒË.
(6) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO MEM ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ZERO MEM ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë ÍÓ̘̇fl ÚӘ͇
‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚÒfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË.
(7) é‰ÌÓ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ P ̇
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ äÇå ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡
ÏÓÌڇʇ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË.
åÓÌÚ‡Ê ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚·ÎËÁË ÌÛ΂ÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË
Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇. ç‡ÊÏËÚ p ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ̇ ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡.
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË
Notes on the inserted picture
•The picture may be distorted at the end of the
inserted portion when it is played back.
•You cannot use the insert editing function when
COUNTER is set to TIME CODE in the menu
system.
82
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ZERO MEM ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‚ÎÂÌËfl, Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ZERO MEM ËÒ˜ÂÁ Ë Ì‡˜ÌËÚ Ò
ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ 3.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÏÛ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌ˲
•àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌÓ ‚
ÍÓ̈ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË Ô Ë
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË.
•Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
ÏÓÌڇʇ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË, ÂÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
COUNTER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ TIME CODE ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Additional information
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
Charging the vanadiumlithium battery in the
camcorder
When disposing of the
camcorder
Remove the vanadium-lithium battery, and
dispose of the camcorder and the vanadiumlithium battery according to the disposal system
in your country. The vanadium-lithium battery is
installed in the cassette compartment.
(1) Unscrew the screws tightening the battery
cover with a screwdriver.
(2) Pick out the vanadium-lithium battery.
1
LJ¯‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒ̇˘Â̇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚ÓÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÓÈ ‰Îfl ÒÓı ‡ÌÂÌËfl ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ë Ú.‰., ÌÂÁ‡‚ËÒËÏÓ ÓÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl POWER. LJ̇‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ‚Ò„‰‡ ÔÓ‰Á‡ flʇÂÚÒfl, ÔÓ͇ Ç˚
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.é‰Ì‡ÍÓ,
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡Á flʇڸÒfl,
ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û . é̇
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÚÒfl Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Á‡ 1
„Ó‰, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ ‚ÓÓ·˘Â Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û. чÊ ÂÒÎË ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ Ì Á‡ flÊÂ̇, ˝ÚÓ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÎËflÚ¸
̇ ‡·ÓÚÛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚. ÑÎfl ÒÓı ‡ÌÂÌËfl
‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Ë Ú.‰. Á‡ flʇÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ,
ÂÒÎË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ‡Á flÊÂ̇. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚Û˛Ú
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÏÂÚÓ‰˚ Á‡ fl‰ÍË:
• èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÍ
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„ÓÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.
ÚÓ͇ Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER
·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 24 ˜‡Ò‡.
• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER ·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 24 ˜‡Ò‡.
è Ë ÎË͂ˉ‡ˆËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
쉇ÎËÚ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ Ë
ÎËÍ‚Ë‰Ë ÛÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚ÓÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò
ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ ÎË͂ˉ‡ˆËË ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌÂ.
LJ̇‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇
‚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌÓÏ ÓÚÒÂÍÂ.
(1)éÍ ÛÚËÚ ‚ËÌÚ˚, Ô ËÊËχ˛˘ËÂ Í ˚¯ÍÛ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË, Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÓÚ‚Â ÚÒÍË.
(2)Ç˚̸Ú ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
Your camcorder is supplied with a vanadiumlithium battery installed so as to retain the date
and time, etc., regardless of the setting of the
POWER switch. The vanadium-lithium battery
is always charged as long as you are using the
camcorder. The battery, however, will get
discharged gradually if you do not use the
camcorder. It will be completely discharged in
about 1 year if you do not use the camcorder at
all. Even if the vanadium-lithium battery is not
charged, it will not affect the camcorder
operation. To retain the date and time, etc.,
charge the battery if the battery is discharged.
The following are charging methods:
•Connect the camcorder to a wall outlet using
the supplied AC power adaptor, and leave the
camcorder with the POWER switch turned off
for more than 24 hours.
•Or, install the fully charged battery pack in the
camcorder, and leave the camcorder with the
POWER switch turned off for more than 24
hours.
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚ÓÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË
‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â
2
83
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Resetting the date
and time
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË
The date and time are set at the factory. Set the
time according to the local time in your country.
If you do not use the camcorder for about a year,
the date and time settings may be released (bars
may appear) because the vanadium-lithium
battery installed in the camcorder will have been
discharged. In this case, first charge the
vanadium-lithium battery, then reset the date
and time.
(1) While pressing the small green button on the
POWER switch, set it to CAMERA.
(2) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD
screen.
(3) Select CLOCK SET, then press the CONTROL
dial.
(4) Turn the CONTROL dial to adjust the year,
and then press the CONTROL dial.
(5) Set the month, day, hour and minutes by
turning and pressing the CONTROL dial.
(6) Press MENU to erase the menu display.
чڇ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ˚ ̇ Á‡‚Ó‰Â.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÏÂÒÚÌ˚Ï
‚ ÂÏÂÌÂÏ ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌÂ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÌÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË ӉÌÓ„Ó „Ó‰‡, ÚÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÛÚÂ flÌ˚ (ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl
˜Â ÚÓ˜ÍË) ‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ‡Á fl‰ÍË ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚ÓÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â. Ç Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÔ ‚‡
Á‡ fl‰ËÚ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl.
(1) ç‡ÊËχfl χÎÂ̸ÍÛ˛ ÁÂÎÂÌÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì‡
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂΠPOWER, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ CAMERA.
(2) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì Ê͉.
(3) Ç˚·Â ËÚ CLOCK SET, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
(4) èÓ‚Â ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL ‰Îfl „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË
„Ó‰‡, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰ËÒÍ CONTROL.
(5) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÏÂÒflˆ, ‰Â̸, ˜‡Ò, Ë ÏËÌÛÚ˚
ÔÛÚÂÏ ÔÓ‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÌËfl Ë Ì‡Ê‡ÚËfl ‰ËÒ͇
CONTROL.
(6) ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÒÚË ‡ÌËfl
ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛.
1
V
3
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
TR
OFF
CA
ME
RA
MENU
2,6
MENU
LCD COLOUR
STEADY SHOT
BEEP
VF BRIGHT
VF PW-SAVE
REC LAMP
CLOCK SET
MENU
1996
1
1 1 996
1 2 : 00 : 00
CLOCK SET
1
1
1 2 00
[ MENU ] : END
[ MENU ] : END
5
4
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
1997
7
1
1 2 00
1997
1
1 2 00
1
1997
1
1 2 00
1997
7
4
1 2 00
1997
7
4
17 00
1997
7
4
17 30
1
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
SEL/
PUSH
EXEC
84
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
To correct the date and time setting
Repeat steps 2 to 5.
ÑÎfl ÍÓ ÂÍÚË Ó‚ÍË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ‰‡Ú˚ Ë
‚ ÂÏÂÌË
èÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ ÒÓ 2 ÔÓ 5.
To check the preset date and time
Press DATE to display the date indicator on the
LCD screen.
Press TIME to display the time indicator.
When you press the same button again, the
indicator goes off.
1996
1997
... 2000 ...
2029
Note on the time indicator
The internal clock of this camcorder operates on a
24-hour cycle.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DATE ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡
‰‡Ú˚ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ Ë ‚ ÓÍӯ͠‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ TIME ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‡
‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏÂÚ ÚÛ Ê ҇ÏÛ˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ,
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ „Ó‰‡ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:
1996
1997
... 2000 ...
2029
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Û ‚ ÂÏÂÌË
ÇÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚ ˜‡Ò˚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú ‚ 24-˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÏ ˆËÍÎÂ.
Usable cassettes and
playback modes
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚Â
͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ë ÂÊËÏ˚
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Selecting cassette types
Ç˚·Ó ÚËÔ‡ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
This Hi8 system is an extension of the standard 8
mm systems, and was developed for higherquality pictures.
You can use Hi8 video and standard 8 mm
cassettes. When you want to record in the Hi8
system, use only Hi8 video cassettes. You cannot
record on standard 8 mm cassettes in the Hi8
system.
When you play back
The playback mode (SP/LP mode or Hi8/
standard 8 mm) is selected automatically
according to the format in which the tape has
been recorded. The quality of the recorded
picture in LP mode, however, will not be as good
as that in SP mode.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
The year indicators changes as follows:
ÑÎfl Ô Ó‚Â ÍË Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ı ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË
чÌ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ Hi8 Óı‚‡Ú˚‚‡ÂÚ
Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌ˚ 8-ÏÏ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ë ‡Á ‡·Óڇ̇
‰Îfl ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌËfl ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Hi8
Ë Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌ˚ 8-ÏÏ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚. ÖÒÎË Ç˚
ıÓÚËÚÂÔ ÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚËÁ‡ÔËÒ¸‚ÒËÒÚÂÏÂHi8,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ Hi8. Ç˚ ÌÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ Hi8
̇ Òڇ̉‡ ÚÌ˚ 8-ÏÏ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÂ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
êÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (SP/LP ËÎË Hi8/8-ÏÏ
Òڇ̉‡ Ú) ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÙÓ Ï‡ÚÓÏ, ‚ ÍÓÚÓ ÓÏ ·˚·
Á‡ÔË҇̇ ÎÂÌÚ‡. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP, ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ Ú‡ÍËÏ ıÓ Ó¯ËÏ, Í‡Í Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ‚
ÂÊËÏÂ SP.
85
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Usable cassettes and
playback modes
Note on AFM Hi-Fi stereo
When you play back a tape, the sound will be in
monaural if:
•you record the tape using this camcorder, then
play it back on an AFM Hi-Fi monaural video
recorder/player.
•you record the tape on an AFM Hi-Fi monaural
video recorder, then play it back on this
camcorder.
Recording mode
When you play back a tape, the SP/LP indicator
in the viewfinder or on the LCD screen shows the
recording mode SP/LP.
Foreign 8 mm video
You cannot play back tapes recorded on a
different TV colour system. Because the TV color
systems differ from country to country, you may
not be able to play back foreign pre-recorded
tapes. Refer to the list of “Using your camcorder
abroad” to check the TV colour system of foreign
countries.
Playing back an NTSC-recorded tape
You can play back tapes recorded in NTSC video
system using the SP mode. If the tape is recorded
in the AFM Hi-Fi system, the AFM Hi-Fi sound is
reproduced.
When you want to adjust the hue of the picture
played back on a multi-system TV, set NTSC PB
to NTSC 4.43 in the menu system. If you cannot
obtain the result you want, select the appropriate
TV colour system mode on your TV.
However, note that the following will occur
during playback of an NTSC-recorded tape.
•You cannot play back a tape recorded in NTSC
system with LP mode on a TV screen.
•If a tape has portions recorded in PAL and
NTSC video systems, the tape counter reading
is not correct. This discrepancy is due to the
difference between the counting cycle of the
two video systems.
•You cannot edit the NTSC-recorded tape onto
another VTR.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ë
ÂÊËÏ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í ÒÚ ÂÓÁ‚Û˜‡Ì˲ AFM Hi-Fi
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ, Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ, ÂÒÎË:
• Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰Ëڠ ̇ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÏ
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÂ/‚ˉÂÓÔÎÂÈ  AFM Hi-Fi.
• Ç˚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÏ
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ AFM Hi-Fi, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂ̇‰‡ÌÌÓȂˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
êÂÊËÏ Á‡ÔËÒË
äÓ„‰‡Ç˚‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÌÚÛ,Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
SP/LP ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡ÔËÒË SP/LP.
àÌÓÒÚ ‡ÌÌ˚ 8-ÏÏ ‚ˉÂÓÎÂÌÚ˚
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ‚ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl. í‡Í Í‡Í ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ÓÚ΢‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ
ÒÚ ‡Ì˚, ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ç˚ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ËÌÓÒÚ ‡ÌÌ˚Â
Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂθÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ÎÂÌÚ˚.
ëÏÓÚ ËÚ Ô ˜Â̸ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡
„ ‡ÌˈÂÈ” ‰Îfl Ô Ó‚Â ÍË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ËÌÓÒÚ ‡ÌÌ˚ı „ÓÒÛ‰‡ ÒÚ‚.
ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÎÂÌÚ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ
‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ NTSC
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ‚ ‚ˉÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ NTSC Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÂÊËÏ SP. ÖÒÎË ÎÂÌÚ‡
Á‡ÔË҇̇ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ AFM Hi-Fi, ÚÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÁ‚Û˜‡ÌËÂAFMHi-Fi.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ú¸ ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÚÓÌ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl,‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓ„Ó̇
ÏÛθÚËÒËÒÚÂÏÌÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
NTSC PB Ì‚ NTSC4.43 ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛. ÖÒÎË
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÁÛθڇÚ,
ÚÓ ‚˚·Â ËÚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ̇ LJ¯ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, Ó· ‡ÚËÚ ‚ÌËχÌËÂ, ˜ÚÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ
Ô ÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ¸ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏÂNTSC.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ NTSC, ‚ ÂÊËÏ LP
̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â.
• ÖÒÎË ÎÂÌÚ‡ ËÏÂÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚË, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ‚
‚ˉÂÓÒËÒÚÂχı PAL Ë NTSC, ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌËfl
Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌ˚Â. ùÚÓ
‡ÒıÓʉÂÌËÂÔ ÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚËÁ-Á‡ ‡ÁÌˈ˚
ÏÂÊ‰Û ‡Ò˜ÂÚÓÏ ‚ ÂÏÂÌË ‰‚Ûı ‚ˉÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ.
• Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê ÎÂÌÚ˚,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ NTSC, ̇ ‰ Û„ÓÈ äÇå.
86
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Tips for using the
battery pack
This section shows you how you can get the most
out of your battery pack.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
чÌÌ˚È ‡Á‰ÂÎ ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ, Í‡Í Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ̇˷Óθ¯Û˛ ÓÚ‰‡˜Û ÓÚ Ç‡¯Â„Ó
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
Preparing the battery pack
Always carry additional batteries
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÇÒ„‰‡ ÌÓÒËÚ ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚Â
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Â ·ÎÓÍË
Battery life is shorter in a cold
environment
àÏÂÈÚ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜Ì˚ÈÁ‡ fl‰·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ‰Îfl ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ 2 – 3 ‡Á‡
·Óθ¯Â, ˜ÂÏ Ç˚ Á‡Ô·ÌË Ó‚‡ÎË.
Battery efficiency is decreased, and the battery
will be used up more quickly, if you are
recording in a cold environment.
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·Û‰ÂÚ ÍÓ Ó˜Â ‚ ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı
To save battery power
Do not leave the camcorder in Standby mode
when not recording to save the battery power.
A smooth transition between scenes can be made
even if recording is stopped and started again.
While you are positioning the subject, selecting
an angle, looking through the viewfinder, or
looking at the LCD screen, the lens moves
automatically and the battery is used. The
battery is also used when a tape is inserted or
removed.
ùÙÙÂÍÚË‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÔÓÌËʇÂÚÒfl, Ë Á‡ fl‰ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl·˚ÒÚ ÂÂ,ÂÒÎËÇ˚Ô ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‚ ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı.
ÑÎfl ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇
ç ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
„ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË,ÍÓ„‰‡Ç˚ÌÂÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸
‰Îfl ˝ÍÓÌÓÏËË Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
è·‚Ì˚È Ô ÂıÓ‰ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÒˆÂ̇ÏË ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÏ, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ·˚·
ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ Ë Ì‡˜‡Ú‡ ÒÌÓ‚‡. äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
ÔÓÁˈËÓÌË ÛÂÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚ, ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚ ۄÓÎ ËÎË
ÒÏÓÚ ËÚ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ, Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚
Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË, Ë ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl. Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl Ô Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚Í Ë
Û‰‡ÎÂÌËË ÎÂÌÚ˚.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
Have sufficient battery pack power to do 2 to 3
times as much recording as you have planned.
87
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Tips for using the battery
pack
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
When to replace the battery
pack
è Ë Á‡ÏÂÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
While you are using your camcorder, the
remaining battery indicator in the viewfinder or
on the LCD screen decreases gradually as battery
power is used up [a].
When using the InfoLITHIUM battery pack such
as the NP-F530, the remaining time in minutes
appears.
äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û,
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡ fl‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ
ÔÓÒÚÂÔÂÌÌÓ ÛÏÂ̸¯‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓ Ï Â
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ [a].
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
InfoLITHIUM, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , NP-F530,
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ ÂÏfl ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı.
[a]
When the remaining battery indicator reaches the
lowest point, the i indicator appears and starts
flashing in the viewfinder or on the LCD screen.
When the i indicator in the viewfinder or on
the LCD screen changes from slow flashing to
rapid flashing while you are recording, set the
POWER switch to OFF on the camcorder and
replace the battery pack. Leave the tape in the
camcorder to obtain a smooth transition between
scenes after the battery pack has been replaced.
When you use the InfoLITHIUM battery pack,
depending on conditions, the i indicator may
flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes remaining.
Notes on the rechargeable
battery pack
äÓ„‰‡Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚ Ì‡ËÌËÁ¯ÂÈ
ÚÓ˜ÍË, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ i ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Ë Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
äÓ„‰‡ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ i ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË Ì‡
˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ÏË„‡ÌË ̇
·˚ÒÚ Ó ÏË„‡ÌË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË,
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë Á‡ÏÂÌËÚÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. éÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÎÂÌÚÛ ‚
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl Ô·‚ÌÓ„Ó
Ô ÂıÓ‰‡ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÒˆÂ̇ÏË ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ÏÂÌ˚
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
InfoLITHIUM, ÚÓ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ
Ó·ÒÚÓflÚÂθÒÚ‚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ i ÏÓÊÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸,
‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ÓÒÚ‡ÎÓÒ¸ ¢ ÓÚ 5 ‰Ó 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.
Caution
Never leave the battery pack in temperatures
above 60°C (140°F), such as in a car parked in the
sun or under direct sunlight.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Ô ÂÁ‡ flʇÂÏÓÏÛ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓÏÛ ·ÎÓÍÛ
è‰ÓÒÚÂÂÊÂÌËÂ
The battery pack heats up
During charging or recording, the battery pack
heats up. This is caused by energy that has been
generated and a chemical change that has
occurred inside the battery pack. This is not
cause for concern, and is normal.
çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ô Ë
ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ Â Ò‚˚¯Â 60°C (140°F), ͇Í
Ì‡Ô ËÏ , ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ, Ô ËÔ‡ ÍÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ Ì‡
ÒÓÎ̈ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ Ô flÏ˚ÏË ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ÏË
ÎÛ˜‡ÏË.
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡„ ‚‡ÂÚÒfl
ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ Ì‡„ ‚‡ÂÚÒfl. ùÚÓ ‚˚Á‚‡ÌÓ
„ÂÌÂ Ë ÛÂÏÓÈ ˝Ì „ËÂÈ Ë ıËÏ˘ÂÒÍËÏË
‡͈ËflÏË, ÍÓÚÓ ˚Â Ô ÓËÒıÓ‰flÚ ‚ÌÛÚ Ë
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇. ùÚÓ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸
Ô Ë˜ËÌÓÈ ‰Îfl ·ÂÒÔÓÍÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ë fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
88
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
battery pack
Battery pack care
•Remove the battery pack from the
camcorder after using it, and keep it in a cool
place. When the battery pack is installed to the
camcorder, a small amount of current flows to
the camcorder even if the POWER switch is set
to OFF. This shortens battery life.
•The battery pack is always discharging even
when it is not in use after charging. Therefore,
you should charge the battery pack right before
using the camcorder.
The switch on the battery pack
This switch is provided so that you can identify a
charged battery pack. Set the switch to the
“green mark” position when charging is
completed. [a] (When the battery pack is
removed from the AC power adaptor after
charging, the switch automatically moves to the
“green mark” position. However, when
removed from the camcorder after charging, the
switch does not change position.)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ InfoLITHIUM fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÎËÚË‚˚Ï ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó·ÏÂÌË‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚ÏË Ò
ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓȂˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ
ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ ‡ÒıÓ‰‡Á‡ fl‰‡·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇. Sony ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ InfoLITHIUM
Ò ‚ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ, Ëϲ˘ÂÈ Á̇Í
.
è Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ Ò ‚ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ, Ëϲ˘ÂÈ Á̇Í
‚ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡
,
‡ÚÛ ‡·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı.* é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË
Ç˚ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ„Ó҂ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ,ÌÂ
Ëϲ˘ÂÈ Ú‡ÍÓ„Ó Á͇̇, ÓÒÚ‡‚¯‡flÒfl ÂÏÍÓÒÚ¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ Ì Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı.
* èÓ͇Á‡ÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ¸ ·˚Ú¸ ÌÂÚÓ˜Ì˚Ï, ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ Ë ÓÍ Ûʇ˛˘ÂÈ
Ò Â‰˚Ô ËÍÓÚÓ ˚ıËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ‡.
ìıÓ‰ Á‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ
• ëÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
ÔÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl, Ë ı ‡ÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚
Ô Óı·‰ÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ. äÓ„‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, Ì·Óθ¯ÓÂ
ÍÓ΢ÂÒ‚ÚÓ ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ÚÓ͇ ÔÓÒÚÔ‡ÂÚ Ì‡
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ
POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF. ùÚÓ
ÒÓÍ ‡˘‡ÂÚ Ò ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ fl‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇.
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚Ò„‰‡ ‡Á flʇÂÚÒfl,
‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ÓÌ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔÓÒÎÂ
Á‡ fl‰ÍË. èÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ Á‡ flʇڸ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÌÂÔÓÒ Â‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Ô ‰
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
The InfoLITHIUM battery pack is a lithium
battery pack which can exchange data with
compatible video equipment about its battery
consumption.
Sony recommends that you use the
InfoLITHIUM battery pack with video
equipment having the
mark.
When you use this battery pack with video
equipment having the
mark, the
video equipment will indicate the remaining
battery time in minutes.* However, if you use it
with video equipment not having this mark, the
remaining battery capacity will not be indicated
in minutes.
* The indication may not be accurate depending
on the condition and environment which the
equipment is used under.
è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ ̇ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓÏ ·ÎÓÍÂ
чÌÌ˚È Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ Ô Â‰Ì‡Á̇˜ÂÌ ‰Îfl
ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ç˚ ÏÓ„ÎË Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ËÚ¸
Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
Ô ÂÍβ˜‡Úθ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË “ÁÂÎÂÌÓÈ ÏÂÚÍË”,
ÍÓ„‰‡ Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÍÓ̘Â̇. [a] (äÓ„‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÌflÚ Ò ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ fl‰ÍË, Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Ô ‰‚Ë„‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
“ÁÂÎÂÌÓÈ ÏÂÚÍË”. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÓÌ ÒÌflÚ
ÔÓÒΠÁ‡ fl‰ÍË Ò ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚,
Ô ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ Ì ÏÂÌflÂÚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl.)
[a]
89
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Tips for using the battery
pack
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
The life of the battery pack
ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
If the battery indicator flashes rapidly just after
turning on the camcorder with a fully charged
battery pack, the battery pack should be replaced
with a new fully charged one.
ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ÏË„‡ÂÚ
·˚ÒÚ Ó Ò ‡ÁÛ ÔÓÒΠ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ò ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚Ï
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ, ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÏÂÌÂÌ ÌÓ‚˚Ï ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛
Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚Ï ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ.
Charging temperature
You should charge batteries at temperatures from
10°C to 30°C (from 50°F to 86°F). Lower
temperatures require a longer charging time.
Notes on charging
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ Á‡ fl‰ÍË
Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ Á‡ flʇڸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ô Ë
ÚÂÏÔÂ ‡Ú Â ÓÚ 10°ë ‰Ó 30°ë (ÓÚ 50°F ‰Ó 86°F).
ÅÓΠÌËÁ͇fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ Ú Â·ÛÂÚ ·ÓÎÂÂ
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË Á‡ fl‰ÍË.
A brand-new battery pack
A brand-new battery pack is not charged. Before
using the battery pack, charge it completely.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í Á‡ fl‰ÍÂ
ëÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÌÓ ÌÓ‚˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
Recharge the battery pack whenever
you like
You do not have to discharge it before
recharging. If you charged the battery pack fully
but you did not use it for a long time, it becomes
discharged. Then recharge the battery pack
before use.
Notes on the terminals
If the terminals (metal parts on the back)
are not clean, the battery charge duration
will be shortened.
When the terminals are not clean or when the
battery pack has not been used for a long time,
repeatedly install and remove the battery pack a
few times. This improves the contact condition.
Also, wipe the + and – terminals with a soft cloth
or paper.
Be sure to observe the following
•Keep the battery pack away from fire.
•Keep the battery pack dry.
•Do not open nor try to disassemble the battery
pack.
•Do not expose the battery pack to any
mechanical shock.
ëÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÌÓ ÌÓ‚˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÌÂ
Á‡ flÊÂÌ. è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ fl‰ËÚ „Ó.
èÓ‰Á‡ flʇÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ,
ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ
Ç‡Ï Ì ÌÛÊÌÓ ‡Á flʇڸ Â„Ó Ô ‰
ÔÓ‰Á‡ fl‰ÍÓÈ. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ Á‡ fl‰ËÎË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎË Â„Ó
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl, ÚÓ ÓÌ ‡Á fl‰ËÚÒfl. íÓ„‰‡
Á‡ fl‰ËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ô ‰
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ.
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡Ï
ÖÒÎË ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ (ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍË ˜‡ÒÚË Ì‡
Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓ ÓÌÂ) Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚, ÚÓ
Ô Ó‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÓÍ ‡˘Â̇.
äÓ„‰‡ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚, ËÎË ÂÒÎË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì ·˚Î ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË, ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ Ë ÒÌflÚË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á. ùÚÓ ÛÎÛ˜¯‡ÂÚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡. í‡ÍÊÂ Ô ÓÚ ËÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ + Ë –
Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú̸͇˛ ËÎË ·Ûχ„ÓÈ.
é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ Òӷ≇ÈÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ
• ï ‡ÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ
Ó„Ìfl.
• ï ‡ÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÛıËÏ.
• ç Ô˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÓÚÍ ˚Ú¸ ËÎË ‡ÁÓ· ‡Ú¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
• ç ÔÓ‰‚ „‡ÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÌË͇ÍËÏ
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍËÏ Û‰‡ ‡Ï.
90
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Maintenance information
and precautions
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û
Á‡ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏ Ë
Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
Moisture condensation
äÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë
Inside the camcorder
If there is moisture inside the camcorder, the
beep sounds and the { indicator flashes. If this
happens, none of the function except cassette
ejection will work. Open the cassette
compartment, turn off the camcorder, and leave
it about 1 hour. When 6 indicator flashes at the
same time, the cassette is inserted in the
camcorder. Eject the cassette, turn off the
camcorder, and leave also the cassette about 1
hour.
On the lens
If moisture condenses on the lens, no indicator
appears, but the picture becomes dim. Turn off
the power and do not use the camcorder for
about 1 hour.
ÖÒÎË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ô ËÌÂÒÂ̇ Ô flÏÓ ËÁ
ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÒÚ‡ ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ‚·„‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒË Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ÌÛ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚, ̇
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË ÎÂÌÚ˚ ËÎË Ì‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â. Ç
Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË ÎÂÌÚ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ËÎËÔÌÛÚ¸ Í
·‡ ‡·‡ÌÛ „ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ë ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂ̇, ËÎË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
ÑÎfl Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚‚Ë‰Û Ú‡ÍËı Ó·ÒÚÓflÚÂθÒÚ‚,
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ò̇·ÊÂ̇ ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇ÏË ‚·„Ë.
ëӷ≇ÈÚÂÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂÔ Â‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË.
ÇÌÛÚ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
ÖÒÎË ‚ÌÛÚ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Ô ÓËÁӯ·
ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë, ÚÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‚Û˜‡Ú¸
ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È Ò˄̇Î, Ë Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ { ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÎÓÒ¸, ÚÓ ÌË͇ÍËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË, Í ÓÏ ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚, ÌÂ
·Û‰ÛÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚ÈÓÚÒÂÍ,
‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÂÂ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 1 ˜‡Ò. ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ 6
·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ ‚ ÚÓ Ê ҇ÏÓ ‚ ÂÏfl, ÚÓ Á̇˜ËÚ
͇ÒÒÂÚ‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇ ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Û.
Ç˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ, ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛËÓÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ
Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 1 ˜‡Ò.
ç‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â
How to prevent moisture
condensation
When bringing the camcorder from a cold place
to a warm place, put the camcorder in a plastic
bag and allow it to adapt to room conditions over
a period of time.
(1) Be sure to tightly seal the plastic bag
containing the camcorder.
(2) Remove the bag when the air temperature
inside it has reached the temperature
surrounding it (after about 1 hour).
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
If the camcorder is brought directly from a cold
place to a warm place, moisture may condense
inside the camcorder, on the surface of the tape,
or on the lens. In this condition, the tape may
stick to the head drum and be damaged or the
camcorder may not operate correctly. To prevent
possible damage under these circumstances, the
camcorder is furnished with moisture sensors.
Take the following precautions.
ÖÒÎË ‚·„‡ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒË Ó‚‡Î‡Ò¸ ̇
Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â, ÌË͇ÍË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl
Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ, ÌÓ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÚÛÒÍÎ˚Ï.
Ç˚Íβ˜ËÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ Ë Ì ËÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ 1 ˜‡Ò.
ä‡Í Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡ÚËÚ¸ ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆË˛
‚·„Ë
ÖÒÎË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ô ËÌÂÒÂ̇ ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó
ÏÂÒÚ‡ ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓÂ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ÚÓ ÔÓÎÓÊËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ ÔÓÎË˝ÚËÎÂÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡ÍÂÚ Ë
‰‡ÈÚ ÂÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚË Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl Í ÍÓÏ̇ÚÌ˚Ï
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËflÏ Á‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ ˚È Ô ËÓ‰ ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
(1) é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ ÔÎÓÚÌÓ Á‡Í ÓÈÚÂ
ÔÓÎË˝ÚËÎÂÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡ÍÂÚ, ÒӉ ʇ˘ËÈ
͇Ï Û.
(2) Ç˚̸Ú ͇Ï Û, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡‚ÌÛÚ ËÔ‡ÍÂÚ‡‰ÓÒÚË„ÌÂÚ
ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ˚ ÓÍ Ûʇ˛˘Â„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡
(Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ˜Â ÂÁ 1 ˜‡Ò).
91
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Maintenance information
and precautions
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û Á‡
‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏËÔ Â‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË
Video head cleaning
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ
To ensure normal recording and clear pictures,
clean the video heads. When the v indicator and
“ CLEANING CASSETTE” message appear
one after another in the viewfinder or on the LCD
screen, or playback pictures are “noisy” or hardly
visible, the video heads may be dirty.
ÑÎfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË Ë
˜ÂÚÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ó˜Ë˘‡ÈÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË. äÓ„‰‡ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ v Ë
ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “
CLEANING CASSETTE”
ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl Ó‰ÌÓ Á‡ ‰ Û„ËÏ ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ
ËÎË Ì‡ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ “Á‡¯ÛÏÎÂÌÌ˚Ï” ËÎË
Ú Û‰ÌÓ Ô ÓÒÏ‡Ú Ë‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï, ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË
̇‚ ÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚.
[a]
[b]
[a] Slightly dirty
[b] Very dirty
[a] ë΄͇ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚
[b] é˜Â̸ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚
If this happens, clean the video heads with the
Sony V8-25CLH cleaning cassette (not supplied).
After checking the picture, if it is still “noisy,”
repeat the cleaning. (Do not repeat cleaning
more than 5 times in one session.)
ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÚÒfl, Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ Sony V825CLH (ÌÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl). èÓÒÎÂ Ô Ó‚Â ÍË
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ÓÌÓ ‚Ò ¢ “Á‡¯ÛÏÎÂÌÓ”,
ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚÂÓ˜ËÒÚÍÛ.(çÂÔÓ‚ÚÓ flÈÚÂÓ˜ËÒÚÍÛ
·ÓΠ5 ‡Á Á‡ Ó‰ËÌ Ô ËÂÏ.)
Caution
Do not use a commercially available wet-type
cleaning cassette. It may damage the video
heads.
Note
If the V8-25CLH cleaning cassette is not available
in your area, consult your nearest Sony dealer.
è‰ÓÒÚÂÂÊÂÌËÂ
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ëϲ˘Û˛Òfl ‚ Ô Ó‰‡ÊÂ
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÛ˛ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ ‚·ÊÌÓ„Ó ÚËÔ‡. é̇
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË.
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ V8-25CLH ÌÂÚ ‚
Ô Ó‰‡Ê ‚ LJ¯ÂÈ Ó·Î‡ÒÚË,
Ô ÓÍÓÌÒÛθÚË ÛÈÚÂÒ¸ Û Ç‡¯Â„Ó ·ÎËʇȯ„Ó
‰ËΠ‡Sony.
92
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Precautions
è‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
•Operate the camcorder on 7.2 V (battery pack)
or 8.4 V (AC power adaptor).
•Should any solid object or liquid get inside the
casing, unplug the camcorder and have it
checked by Sony dealer before operating it any
further.
•Avoid rough handling or mechanical shock. Be
particularly careful of the lens.
•Keep the POWER switch set to OFF when not
using the camcorder.
•Do not wrap up the camcorder and operate it
since heat may build up internally.
•Keep the camcorder away from strong
magnetic fields or mechanical vibration.
•Do not push the LCD screen.
•If the camcorder is used in a cold place, a
residual image may appear on the LCD screen.
This is not a malfunction.
•While using the camcorder, the back of the LCD
screen may heat up. This is not a malfunction.
• ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡ÚË ÛÈÚ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÛÓÚ7,2Ç
(·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇) ËÎË 8,4 Ç (ÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇)
• ÖÒÎË Í‡ÍËÓÈ-ÌË·Û‰¸ Ú‚Â ‰˚È Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ ËÎË
ÊˉÍÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓÔ‡ÎË ‚ ÍÓ ÔÛÒ, ÚÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë Ô Ó‚Â ¸Ú ÂÂ Û ‰ËΠ‡ Sony
Ô ‰ ‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯÂÈ Â ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ.
• àÁ·Â„‡ÈÚ „ Û·Ó„Ó Ó· ‡˘ÂÌËfl ËÎË
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍËı Û‰‡ Ó‚. ÅÛ‰¸Ú ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ
ÓÒÚÌÓ ÓÊÌ˚ Ò Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ÓÏ.
• Ñ ÊËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË OFF, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÌÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl.
• ç Á‡‚Ó ‡˜Ë‚‡ÈÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ë ÌÂ
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡ÚË ÛÈڠ ‚ Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË, Ú‡Í
Í‡Í ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô ÓËÁÓÈÚË ‚ÌÛÚ ÂÌÌÂÂ
ÔÓ‚˚¯ÂÌË ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ˚.
• Ñ ÊËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ
ÒËθÌ˚ı χ„ÌËÚÌ˚ı ÔÓÎÂÈ ËÎË
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË.
• ç ̇ÊËχÈÚ ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ.
• ÖÒÎË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‚
ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ, ÚÓ ÔÓÒÎÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ. ùÚÓ ÌÂ
fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
• ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚
Ú˚θ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ ÏÓÊÂÚ
̇„ ÂÚ¸Òfl. ùÚÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
On handling tapes
Do not insert anything in the small holes on the
rear of the cassette. These holes are used to sense
the type of tape, thickness of tape and if the
recording tab is in or out.
Camcorder care
•When the camcorder is not to be used for a long
time, disconnect the power source and remove
the tape. Periodically turn on the power,
operate the camera and player sections and
play back a tape for about 3 minutes.
•Clean the lens with a soft brush to remove dust.
If there are fingerprints on the lens, remove
them with a soft cloth.
•If fingerprints or dust are on the LCD screen,
we recommend you remove them using the
LCD cleaning kit (not supplied).
•Clean the camcorder body with a dry soft cloth,
or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild
detergent solution. Do not use any type of
solvent which may damage the finish.
éÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ Ó· ‡˘ÂÌËfl Ò ÎÂÌÚ‡ÏË
ç ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ÌË˜Â„Ó ‚ χÎÂ̸ÍË ÓÚ‚Â ÒÚËfl
̇Á‡‰ÌÂÈÒÚÓ ÓÌÂ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚.ùÚËÓÚ‚Â ÒÚËfl
ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÓÔ Â‰ÂÎÂÌËfl ÚËÔ‡ ÎÂÌÚ˚,
ÚÓ΢ËÌ˚ ÎÂÌÚ˚ Ë Ì‡Î˘Ëfl ÎÂÔÂÒÚ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
Camcorder operation
ìıÓ‰ Á‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
• äÓ„‰‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË, ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl Ë Û‰‡ÎËÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ.
è ËӉ˘ÂÒÍË ‚Íβ˜‡ÈÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ,
‡·ÓÚ‡ÈÚÂ Ò ÒÂ͈ËflÏË Í‡Ï ˚ Ë ÔÎÂÈ ‡ Ë
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ‚
Ú˜ÂÌË 3-ı ÏËÌÛÚ.
• é˜Ë˘‡ÈÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚË‚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ
ÍËÒÚÓ˜ÍË ‰Îfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl „ flÁË. ÖÒÎË
ËϲÚÒfl ÓÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ ̇ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â,
ÚÓ Û‰‡ÎËÚ Ëı Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú͇ÌË.
• ÖÒÎË ËϲÚÒfl ÓÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ ËÎË „ flÁ¸
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ, ÚÓ Ï˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ
Û‰‡ÎËÚ¸ Ëı Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Ì‡·Ó ‡ ‰Îfl ÜäÑ (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).
• é˜Ë˘‡ÈÚ ÍÓ ÔÛÒ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÒÛıÓÈ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú͇ÌË ËÎË Ïfl„ÍÓÈ Ú͇ÌË,
ÒÎÂÍ„‡ ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ÓÏ ÛÏ ÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÏÓ˛˘Â„Ó Ò Â‰ÒÚ‚‡. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ͇ÍËıÎË·Ó ÚËÔÓ‚ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ËÚÂÎÂÈ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚ¸ÓÚ‰ÂÎÍÛ.
93
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Maintenance information
and precautions
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û Á‡
‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏËÔ Â‰ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌÓÒÚË
AC power adaptor
ëÂÚ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇
Charging
•Use only a lithium ion type battery pack.
•Place the battery pack on a flat surface without
vibration during charging.
•The battery pack will get hot during charging.
This is normal.
ᇠfl‰Í‡
• àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ÎËÚË‚Ó-ËÓÌÌ˚È ÚËÔ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇.
• ê‡ÁÏÂÒÚËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡ ÔÎÓÒÍÓÈ
ÔÓ‚Â ıÌÓÒÚË ·ÂÁ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ fl‰ÍË.
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡„ ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË. ùÚÓ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
Others
•Unplug the unit from the mains when not in
use for a long time. To disconnect the mains
lead, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the
cord itself.
•Do not operate the unit with a damaged cord or
if the unit has been dropped or damaged.
•Do not bend the AC power cord forcibly, or put
a heavy object on it. This will damage the cord
and may cause a fire or an electrical shock.
•Be sure that nothing metallic comes into contact
with the metal parts of the connecting plate. If
this happens, a short may occur and the unit
may be damaged.
•Always keep the metal contacts clean.
•Do not disassemble the unit.
•Do not apply mechanical shock or drop the
unit.
•While the unit is in use, particularly during
charging, keep it away from AM receivers and
video equipment because it will disturb AM
reception and video operation.
•The unit becomes warm while in use. This is
normal.
•Do not place the unit in locations that are:
– Extremely hot or cold
– Dusty or dirty
– Very humid
– Vibrating
If any difficulty should arise, unplug the unit and
contact your nearest Sony dealer.
è Ó˜ÂÂ
• éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÚ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒÂÚË, ÂÒÎË ÓÌ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÂ
‚ ÂÏfl.ÑÎflÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËflÒÂÚ‚ӄÓÔ Ó‚Ó‰‡
‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚÂ Â„Ó Á‡ ‡Á˙ÂÏ. çËÍÓ„‰‡ ÌÂ
ÚflÌËÚÂÁ‡Ò‡ÏÔ Ó‚Ó‰.
• ç½ÍÒÔÎÛ‡ÚË ÛÈÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÒ
ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌÌ˚Ï Ô Ó‚Ó‰ÓÏ, ËÎË ÂÒÎË ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú
ÛԇΠËÎË ·˚Î ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ.
• ç ҄˷‡ÈÚ ÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ Ô Ó‚Ó‰ ÒËÎÓÈ Ë ÌÂ
ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ̇ ÌÂ„Ó ÚflÊÂÎ˚Â Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ˚. ùÚÓ
ÔÓ‚ ‰ËÚÔ Ó‚Ó‰ËÏÓÊÂÚÔ Ë‚ÂÒÚËÍ
ÔÓʇ Û ËÎË Û‰‡ Û ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÏ ÚÓÍÓÏ.
• ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ÌË͇ÍË ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÂ
Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ˚ Ì ÒÓÔ Ë͇҇˛ÚÒfl Ò
ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÏË ˜‡ÒÚflÏË ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ
Ô·ÒÚËÌ˚. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÚÒfl, ÏÓÊÂÚ
Ô ÓËÁÓÈÚËÍÓ ÓÚÍÓÂÁ‡Ï˚͇ÌËÂ,ˇÔÔ‡ ‡Ú
ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌ.
• ÇÒ„‰‡ÔÓ‰‰Â ÊË‚‡ÈÚÂÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÂ
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ ‚ ˜ËÒÚÓÚÂ.
• ç ‡Á·Ë ‡ÈÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú.
• ç ÔÓ‰‚ „‡ÈÚ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
‚Ë· ‡ˆËË Ë Ì ÓÌflÈÚ „Ó.
• äÓ„‰‡‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl,ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ‚Ó
‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË, ‰Â ÊËÚÂ Â„Ó ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ
‡‰ËÓÔ ËÂÏÌËÍÓ‚Äå˂ˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚,
ÔÓÚÓÏÛ ˜ÚÓ ÓÌ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡ Û¯‡Ú¸ Ô ËÂÏ Äå Ë
‡·ÓÚۂˉÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚.
• ÄÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÚÂÔÎ˚Ï ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl
Á‡ fl‰ÍË. ùÚÓ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.
• ç ‡ÁÏ¢‡ÈÚ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ÍÓÚÓ ˚Â:
– ó ÂÁÏ ÌÓ „Ó fl˜Ë ËÎË ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚Â
– è˚θÌ˚ ËÎË „ flÁÌ˚Â
– é˜Â̸ ‚·ÊÌ˚Â
– èÓ‰‚ ÊÂÌ˚ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌËfl ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó
Ú Û‰ÌÓÒÚÂÈ,ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚËÓ· ‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸
Í Ç‡¯ÂÏÛ ·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂ Û Sony.
94
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Using your camcorder
abroad
Each country has its own electric and TV colour
systems. Before using your camcorder abroad,
check the following points.
Power sources
You can use your camcorder in any country with
the supplied AC power adaptor within 100 V to
240 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
This camcorder is a PAL system-based
camcorder. If you want to view the playback
picture on a TV, it must be a PAL system-based
TV or a SECAM system based TV with a PALSECAM transcoder.
Check the following list.
PAL system countries
Australia, Austria, Belgium, China, Denmark,
Finland, Germany, Great Britain, Holland, Hong
Kong, Italy, Kuwait, Malaysia, New Zealand,
Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, Thailand, etc.
PAL-M system country
Brazil
PAL-N system countries
Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay
NTSC system countries
Bahama Islands, Bolivia, Canada, Central
America, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Jamaica,
Japan, Korea, Mexico, Peru, Surinam, Taiwan, the
Philippines, the U.S.A., Venezuela, etc.
SECAM system countries
Bulgaria, Czech Republic, France, Guiana,
Hungary, Iran, Iraq, Monaco, Poland, Russia,
Slovak Republic, Ukraine, etc.
ä‡Ê‰‡fl ÒÚ ‡Ì‡ ËÏÂÂÚ Ò‚ÓË ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Â
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˝ÂÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË Ë ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl. è ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ç‡¯ÂÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡ „ ‡ÌˈÂÈ Ô Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÔÛÌÍÚ˚.
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚
β·ÓÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇‚Ô Â‰Â·ıÓÚ
100 Ç ‰Ó 240 Ç Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇ 50/60 Ɉ.
ê‡Á΢Ëfl ‚ ÒËÒÚÂχı ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl
чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ÓÒÌÓ‚‡Ì‡ ̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
PAL. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸
‚ÓÒ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ̇ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Â,
ÚÓ ˝ÚÓ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ , ÓÒÌÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È
̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏ PAL ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ , ÓÒÌÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È
̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏ SECAM Ò Ú ‡ÌÒÍӉ ÓÏ PALSECAM.
è Ó‚Â ¸Ú ÔÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÔÂ Â˜Ì˛.
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ PAL
Ä‚ÒÚ ‡ÎËfl, Ä‚ÒÚ Ëfl, ÅÂθ„Ëfl,
ÇÂÎËÍÓ· ËÚ‡ÌËfl, É χÌËfl, ÉÓη̉Ëfl,
ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„, чÌËfl, àÒÔ‡ÌËfl, àÚ‡ÎËfl, äËÚ‡È,
äÛ‚ÂÈÚ, å‡Î‡ÈÁËfl, çÓ‚‡fl á·̉Ëfl,
çÓ ‚„Ëfl, èÓ ÚÛ„‡ÎËfl, ëËÌ„‡ÔÛ , í‡È·̉,
îËÌÎfl̉Ëfl, ò‚ÂȈ‡ Ëfl, ò‚ˆËfl Ë Ú.‰.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
Difference in colour systems
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË LJ¯ÂÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ Á‡ „ ‡ÌˈÂÈ
ëÚ ‡Ì‡ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ PAL-M
Å ‡ÁËÎËfl
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ PAL-N
Ä „ÂÌÚË̇, è‡ ‡„‚‡È, ì Û„‚‡È
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ NTSC
Ň„‡ÏÒÍË ÓÒÚ Ó‚‡, ÅÓÎË‚Ëfl, ÇÂÌÂÒÛ˝Î‡,
ä‡Ì‡‰‡, äÓÎÛÏ·Ëfl, äÓ Âfl, åÂÍÒË͇, è Û,
ëÛ Ë̇Ï, ëòÄ, í‡È‚‡Ì¸, ÙËÎËÔÔËÌ˚,
ñÂÌÚ ‡Î¸Ì‡fl ÄÏ Ë͇, óËÎË, ùÍ‚‡‰Ó ,
üχÈ͇, üÔÓÌËfl Ë Ú.‰.
ëÚ ‡Ì˚ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ SECAM
ÅÓ΄‡ Ëfl, ÇÂÌ„ Ëfl, ɇÈfl̇, à ‡Í, à ‡Ì,
åÓ̇ÍÓ, èÓθ¯‡, êÓÒÒËfl, ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍ‡fl
êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇, ìÍ ‡Ë̇, î ‡ÌˆËfl, ó¯Ò͇fl
êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇ Ë Ú.‰.
95
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
English
Trouble check
If you run into any problem using the camcorder, use the following table to troubleshoot the problem.
Should the difficulty persist, disconnect the power source and contact your Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service facility.
Camcorder
Power
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
The power is not on.
• The battery pack is not installed.
m Install the battery pack. (p. 10)
• The battery is dead.
m Use a charged battery pack. (p. 7)
• The AC power adaptor is not connected to mains.
m Connect the AC power adaptor to mains. (p. 29)
• If the power is still not on after you tried the corrective actions
above, press the RESET button on the back of the battery
compartment lid using a sharp-pointed object. (If you press
the RESET button, all the settings including the date and time
return to the default.)
The power goes off.
• While being operated in CAMERA mode, the camcorder has
been in Standby mode for more than 5 minutes.
m Set the POWER switch to OFF, then to CAMERA. (p. 12)
• The battery is dead.
m Use a charged battery pack. (p. 7)
• If VF PW-SAVE is set to ON in the menu system, the picture
disappears automatically when you turn your face away from
the viewfinder.
m Bring your face close to the viewfinder within 1 cm. Or set
VF PW-SAVE to OFF in the menu system. (p. 32)
The battery pack is quickly discharged.
• The ambient temperature is too low. (p. 87)
• The battery pack has not been charged fully.
m Charge the battery pack again. (p. 7)
• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged.
m Use another battery pack. (p. 29)
• The camcorder does not operate when using a battery that is
not an InfoLITHIUM battery pack.
m Use an InfoLITHIUM battery pack. (p. 7)
Operation
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
START/STOP does not operate.
• The tape is stuck to the drum.
m Eject the tape. (p. 11)
• The tape has run out.
m Rewind the tape or use a new one. (p. 23)
• The POWER switch is set to VTR.
m Set it to CAMERA. (p. 12)
• The tab on the cassette is out (red).
m Use a new tape or slide the tab. (p. 11)
The cassette cannot be removed from
the holder.
• The battery is dead.
m Use a charged battery pack or the AC power adaptor.
(p. 7, 29)
96
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Operation
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
• Moisture condensation has occurred.
m Remove the cassette and leave the camcorder for at
least 1 hour. (p. 91)
The date or time indicator displays bars
(--:--:--).
• Reset the date and time. (p. 84)
The End Search function does not
activate.
• The cassette was ejected after you recorded on it.
m The End Search function will not activate until you
make a new recording after reinserting the cassette.
The tape does not move when a tape
transport button is pressed.
• The POWER switch is set to CAMERA or OFF.
m Set it to VTR. (p. 23)
• The tape has run out.
m Rewind the tape or use a new one. (p. 23)
The SteadyShot function does not activate.
• STEADYSHOT is set to OFF in the menu system.
m Set it to ON. (p. 52)
• The SteadyShot function does not work when the wide
mode is set to 16:9FULL.
No sound or only a low sound is heard
when playing back a tape.
• The stereo tape is played back with HiFi SOUND set to 1
or 2 in the menu system.
m Set it to STEREO. (p. 32)
Excessive high-piched sound is heard.
• The picture has been recorded with WIND set to ON in
the menu system.
m When there is no wind, set it to OFF. (p. 32)
Recording stops in a few seconds.
• The START/STOP MODE switch is set to 5SEC or
m Set it to . (p. 15)
The autofocus function does not activate.
• Focus is set to the manual mode.
m Set it to autofocus. (p. 57)
• Shooting conditions are not suitable for autofocus.
m Set focus to manual mode to focus manually. (p. 57)
The title display position shifts.
• There are unwanted blanks before or after the title.
m Delete them, then select ↵. (p. 50)
The fader function does not work.
• The START/STOP MODE switch is set to 5SEC or
m Set it to . (p. 15)
• A title is displayed.
m Turn off the title. (p. 48)
.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
{ and 6 indicators flash and no function
except for cassette ejection works.
.
Continued to the next page
97
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Trouble check
Picture
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
The image on the viewfinder screen is not
clear.
• The viewfinder lens is not adjusted.
m Adjust the viewfinder lens. (p. 13)
A vertical band appears when a subject
such as lights or a candle flame is shot
against a dark background.
• The contrast between the subject and background is
too high. The camcorder is not malfunctioning.
m Change locations.
The playback picture is not clear.
• EDIT is set to ON in the menu system.
m Set it to OFF. (p. 32)
The picture is “noisy".
• The video heads may be dirty.
m Clean the heads using the Sony V8-25CLH cleaning
cassette. (p. 92)
The picture on the LCD screen is too dark.
• The LCD BRIGHT button is set to the minimum.
m Press + to obtain the brightness you want. (p. 18)
The picture in the viewfinder is too bright
or too dark.
• VF BRIGHT is set in the menu system.
m Set it to the center position. (p. 32)
A vertical band appears when shooting a
very bright subject.
• The camcorder is not malfunctioning.
The picture does not appear on the LCD
screen.
• Incorporated fluorescent tube is worn out.
m Please contact your nearest Sony dealer.
The picture does not appear in the
viewfinder.
• If VF PW-SAVE is set to ON in the menu system, the
picture disappears automatically when you turn your
face away from the viewfinder.
m Bring your face close to the viewfinder within 1 cm.
Or, set VF PW-SAVE to OFF. (p. 32)
• A tape in a poor condition, such as a tape recorded
repeatedly, is played back with TBC set to ON in the
menu system.
m Set TBC to OFF. (p. 32)
• The LCD panel is open.
m Close the LCD panel.
The picture in the viewfinder does not
disappear even VF PW-SAVE is set to OFF
in the menu system.
• Sunlight or the incandescent lamp may prevent the
viewfinder sensor from working correctly. This is not
a malfunction.
The picture jitters.
• A tape where video game pictures are recorded is
played back with TBC set to ON in the menu system.
m Set TBC to OFF. (p. 32)
• A tape in a poor condition, such as a tape recorded
repeatedly, is played back with TBC set to ON in the
menu system.
m Set TBC to OFF. (p. 32)
An unknown picture is displayed.
• The camcorder is operating in Demo mode.
m Exit Demo mode. (p. 114)
98
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Others
Symptom
Cause and/or corrective actions
• COMMANDER is set to OFF in the menu system.
m Set it to ON. (p. 32)
• Something is blocking the infrared rays.
m Remove the obstacle.
• The battery is not inserted with the correct polarity.
m Insert the battery with the correct polarity. (p. 113)
• The batteries are dead.
m Insert new ones. (p. 113)
The CHARGE lamp flashes after you
charge the battery pack installed in the
camcorder.
• The camcorder is not malfunctioning.
No function works though the power is
on.
• Disconnect the connection plug on the battery pack or
on the AC power adaptor, then reconnect it in about 1
minute. Turn the power on. If the functions still do
not work, press the RESET button on the back of the
battery compatment lid using a sharp-pointed object.
(If you press the RESET button, all the settings
including the date and time return to the default.)
AC power adaptor
Symptom
Corrective actions
The VTR/CAMERA or CHARGE lamp
does not light.
• Disconnect the AC power cord. After about 1 minute,
reconnect the AC power cord. (p. 7)
The CHARGE lamp flashes.
• See the chart on the next page.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
The supplied Remote Commander does
not work.
Continued to the next page
99
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Trouble check
When the CHARGE lamp flashes
Check through the following chart.
Remove the battery pack from the AC
power adaptor. Then install the same
battery pack again.
When the CHARGE lamp flashes
again
Install another battery pack.
When the CHARGE lamp does not
flash again
If the CHARGE lamp lights up and
goes out after a while, there is no
problem. *
When the CHARGE lamp flashes
again
The problem is with the AC power
adaptor.
When the CHARGE lamp does not
flash again
If the CHARGE lamp lights up and
goes out after a while, the problem is
with the battery pack installed first.
Please contact your nearest Sony dealer
in connection with the product with the
problem.
* If you use a battery pack which you have just bought or which has been left unused for a long time, the CHARGE
lamp may flash at the first charging. This does not indicate a problem. Repeat again to charge with same battery
pack.
100
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
ÖÒÎË Û Ç‡Ò ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ͇͇fl-ÎË·Ó Ô Ó·ÎÂχ Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚, ‚ÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ú‡·ÎˈÂÈ ‰Îfl ÓÚ˚Ò͇ÌËfl Ë ÛÒÚ ‡ÌÂÌËfl Ô Ó·ÎÂÏ˚.
ÖÒÎË Ú Û‰ÌÓÒÚË ‚Ò ¢ ÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒfl, ÚÓ ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl Ë Ó· ‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í Ç‡¯ÂÏÛ
‰ËÎÂ Û Sony ËÎË Ì‡ ÏÂÒÚÌÓ ÛÔÓÎÌÓÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÂ Ô Â‰Ô ËflÚË ÔÓ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡Ì˲ Sony.
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
èËÚ‡ÌËÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
• ç ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 10)
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÎÒfl.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)
• ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇ÌÂÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÍ
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË.
m èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇Í
˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÂÚË. (ÒÚ . 29)
• ÖÒÎË ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‚Ò ¢ Ì ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í Ç˚
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÎË ‚˚¯ÂÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET ̇ Í ˚¯Í ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÓÒÚ ÓÍÓ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ‡. (ÖÒÎË Ç˚
̇ÊËχÂÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET, ‚Ò ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË, ‚Íβ˜‡fl
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰‡Ú˚ Ë ‚ ÂÏÂÌË, ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓÂ
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ.)
èËÚ‡ÌË ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
• è Ë ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ CAMERA ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıӉ˷Ҹ
‚ ÂÊËÏÂ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË ·ÓÎÂÂ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË OFF, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA. (ÒÚ . 12)
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÎÒfl.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)
• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl VF PW-SAVE ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ON ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÏÂÌ˛, ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
Û‰‡ÎflÂÚ ҂Ó ÎËˆÓ ÓÚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
m è Ë·ÎËÁ¸Ú ҂Ó ÎËˆÓ Í ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ ‚ Ô Â‰Â·ı 1 ÒÏ ËÎË
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ VF PW-SAVE ̇ OFF ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛. (ÒÚ . 32)
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·˚ÒÚ Ó
‡ÁflʇÂÚÒfl.
• íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ ÓÍ Ûʇ˛˘ÂÈ Ò Â‰˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÌËÁ͇fl. (ÒÚ . 87)
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·˚Î Á‡ flÊÂÌ Ì ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
m ëÌÓ‚‡ Á‡ fl‰ËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰ËÎÒfl Ë Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ Ô ÂÁ‡ flÊÂÌ.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 29)
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Ô Ë ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï
·ÎÓÍÓÏ InfoLITHIUM.
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ InfoLITHIUM. (ÒÚ . 7)
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
ç ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ.
ꇷÓÚ‡
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ç ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË ÛÂÚ START/STOP.
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
• ãÂÌÚ‡ Ô ËÎËÔ· Í ·‡ ‡·‡ÌÛ.
m Ç˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚÂ ÎÂÌÚÛ. (ÒÚ . 11)
• ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓ̘Ë·Ҹ.
m è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡Á‡‰ ËÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚Û˛. (ÒÚ . 23)
• Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË VTR.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA. (ÒÚ . 12)
• ãÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ (Í ‡Ò̇fl ÏÂÚ͇).
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚Û˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ ËÎË Ô ‰‚Ë̸Ú ÎÂÔÂÒÚÓÍ.
(ÒÚ .11)
101
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
ä‡ÒÒÂÚ‡ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÌÛÚ‡ ËÁ
‰Â ʇÚÂÎfl.
• Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌ
m àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á‡ flÊÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ËÎË
ÒÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.(ÒÚ .7,29)
ꇷÓÚ‡
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ { Ë 6 ÏË„‡˛Ú Ë
ÌË͇͇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl, Í ÓÏÂ
‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.
• è ÓËÁӯ· ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë.
m 쉇ÎËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ÔÓ ÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ
Ï  ̇ 1 ˜‡Ò. (ÒÚ .91)
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË
ÓÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‚ˉ ˜Â ÚÓ˜ÂÍ
(--:--:--).
• ëÌÓ‚‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏfl. (ÒÚ . 84)
ç ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË ÛÂÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇
ÍÓ̈‡.
• ä‡ÒÒÂÚ‡ ·˚· ‚˚ÚÓÎÍÌÛÚ‡ ÔÓÒΠ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
m îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ÍÓ̈‡ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË Ó‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‰Ó
ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ Ç˚ Ì ҉·ÂÚ ÌÓ‚Û˛ Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÔÓÒÎÂ
‚ÒÚ‡‚ÍË Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚.
ãÂÌÚ‡ Ì Ô ÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl Ô Ë Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË
ÍÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚.
• Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA
ËÎË OFF.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË VTR. (ÒÚ . 23)
• ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓ̘Ë·Ҹ.
m è ÂÏÓÚ‡ÈÚ ÎÂÌÚÛ Ì‡Á‡‰ ËÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚Û˛. (ÒÚ .
23)
ç ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË ÛÂÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl STEADYSHOT ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ OFF ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ ̇ ON. (ÒÚ . 52)
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚÓȘ˂ÓÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡
¯Ë ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡ 16:9FULL.
çÂÚ Á‚Û͇ ËÎË ÚÓθÍÓ ÌËÁÍËÈ Á‚ÛÍ
ÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ Ô Ë ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÎÂÌÚ˚.
• ëÚ ÂÓÎÂÌÚ‡‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒflÔ ËÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÂHiFiSOUND
̇ 1 ËÎË 2 ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ̇ STEREO. (ÒÚ . 32)
ëÎ˚¯ÂÌ ˜ ÂÁÏ ÌÓ
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÚÓ̇θÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍ.
• àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ·˚ÎÓ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓ Ô Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í WIND ̇ ON ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ÖÒÎË ÌÂÚ ‚ÂÚ ‡, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ̇ OFF. (ÒÚ . 32)
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ˜Â ÂÁ
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÒÂÍÛ̉.
• è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP MODE ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË 5SEC ËÎË .
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË . (ÒÚ . 15)
ç ‡ÍÚË‚ËÁË ÛÂÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË.
• îÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ Û˜ÌÓÈ ÂÊËÏ.
m ìÒÚÌÓ‚Ëڠ ̇ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ. (ÒÚ . 57)
• ìÒÎÓ‚Ëfl Ò˙ÂÏÍË Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰flÚ ‰Îfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍÛ Ì‡ Û˜ÌÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ‰Îfl
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl Û˜ÌÓÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË (ÒÚ . 57).
ëÏ¢‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
̇‰ÔËÒË.
• çÂÊ·ÚÂθÌ˚Â Ô Ó·ÂÎ˚ ËϲÚÒfl ‰Ó ËÎË ÔÓÒΠ̇‰ÔËÒË.
m éÚÏÂÌËÚ Ëı, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ‚˚·Â ËÚ ↵. (ÒÚ . 50)
îÛÌ͈Ëfl Ô·‚ÌÓ„Ó ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.
• è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP MODE ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËË 5SEC ËÎË .
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË . (ÒÚ . 15)
• éÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸.
m Ç˚Íβ˜ËÚ ̇‰ÔËÒ¸. (ÒÚ . 48)
102
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
• é·˙ÂÍÚË‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl Ì ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ì.
m éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚ ӷ˙ÂÍÚË‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl. (ÒÚ . 13)
Ç ÚË͇θ̇fl ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl, ÂÒÎË
Ú‡ÍË ӷ˙ÂÍÚ˚, Í‡Í ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ËÎË
Ô·Ïfl ҂˜Ë, ÒËÌχ˛ÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂÏÌÓÏ
ÙÓÌÂ.
• ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚ ‡ÒÚ ÏÂÊ‰Û Ó·˙ÂÍÚÓÏ Ë
ÙÓÌÓÏ. ä‡Ï ‡ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÈ.
m àÁÏÂÌËÚ ÔÓÁËˆË˛ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
ç˜ÂÚÍÓ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl EDIT ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ON ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ ̇ OFF. (ÒÚ . 32)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË “Á‡¯ÛÏÎÂÌÓ”.
• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË.
m é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Ó˜ËÒÚËÚÂθÌÓÈ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ V8-25CLH. (ÒÚ . 92)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
ÚÂÏÌÓÂ.
• äÌÓÔ͇ LCD BRIGHT ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ.
m ç‡ÊÏËÚ + ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl Ê·ÂÏÓÈ Ç‡ÏË
fl ÍÓÒÚË.(ÒÚ .18)
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌÓÂ.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl VR BRIGHT ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸  ‚ ˆÂÌÚ ‡Î¸ÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ. (ÒÚ .
32)
Ç ÚË͇θ̇fl ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Ô Ë
Ò˙ÂÏÍ ӘÂ̸ fl ÍÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡.
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÈ.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ
ÜäÑ.
• ÇÒÚ ÓÂÌ̇fl βÏËÌÂÒˆÂÌÚ̇fl ·ÏÔ‡ ‚˚¯Î‡ ËÁ ÒÚ Ófl.
m äÓÌÒÛθÚË ÛÈÚÂÒ¸,ÔÓʇÎÛÈÒÚ‡,ÛLJ¯Â„Ó
·ÎËÊ‡È¯Â„Ó ‰ËΠ‡ Sony.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎÂ.
• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl VF PW-SAVE ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ON ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛, ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Û‰‡ÎflÂÚ ҂Ó ÎËˆÓ ÓÚ
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl.
m è Ë·ÎËÁ¸Ú ҂Ó ÎËˆÓ Í ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂβ ‚
Ô Â‰Â·ı 1 ÒÏ. àÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ VF PW-SAVE ̇
OFF. (ÒÚ . 32)
• ãÂÌÚ‡ ‚ ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏÂ
ÌÂÓ‰ÌÓÍ ‡ÚÌÓ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ÎÂÌÚ‡,
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ô Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í íÇë ̇ ON ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ íÇë ̇ OFF. (ÒÚ . 32)
• éÚÍ ˚Ú‡ Ô‡ÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
m á‡Í ÓÈÚ ԇÌÂθ ÜäÑ.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl
̘ÂÚÍÓÂ.
è Ó‰ÓÎʇÂÚÒfl ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ
103
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
è ӂ ͇ ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌË ËÁ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl ÌÂ
ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ ‰‡ÊÂ Ô Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í VF PWSAVE ̇ OFF.
• ëÓÎ̘Ì˚ ÎÛ˜Ë ËÎË Î‡ÏÔ‡ ͇̇ÎË‚‡ÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ
Ô ÂÔflÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸ Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl. ùÚÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌˉ ÓÊËÚ.
• ãÂÌÚ‡, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ Û˛ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ ‚ˉÂÓË„ ˚,
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ô Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í TBC ̇ ON ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ TBC ̇ OFF. (ÒÚ . 32)
• ãÂÌÚ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË, ͇Í
Ì‡Ô ËÏ ÏÌÓ„ÓÍ ‡ÚÌÓ Ô ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ÎÂÌÚ‡,
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ô Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í TBC ̇ ON ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ TBC ̇ OFF. (ÒÚ . 32)
éÚÓ· ‡Ê‡ÂÚÒflÌÂËÁ‚ÂÒÚÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËÓÌÌÓÏ
ÂÊËÏÂ.
m Ç˚ȉËÚÂËÁ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ.(ÒÚ .114)
è Ó˜ÂÂ
è ËÁ̇Í
è ˘Ë̇ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ç ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‚ÎÂÌËfl.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl COMMANDER ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ OFF ‚
ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ ̇ ON. (ÒÚ . 32)
• óÚÓ-ÚÓ Á‡Í ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÔÛÚ¸ ËÌÙ ‡Í ‡ÒÌ˚ı ÎÛ˜ÂÈ.
m 쉇ÎËÚÂÔ ÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.
• Ňڇ ÂÈ͇ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇ Ò ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ
ÔÓÎfl ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
m ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ Ò Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ
ÔÓÎfl ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. (ÒÚ . 113)
• Ňڇ ÂÈÍË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌ˚.
m ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÌÓ‚˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË. (ÒÚ . 113)
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÔÓÒÎÂ
Á‡ fl‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇,
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
• ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÈ.
çË͇ÍË ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú,
ÌÂÒÏÓÚ fl ̇ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ
‚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ.
• éÚÍβ˜ËÚ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇ ËÎË ÒÂÚÂ‚Ó„Ó ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚÂ Â„Ó ÒÌÓ‚‡ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ ˜Â ÂÁ 1
ÏËÌÛÚÛ. ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚Ò ¢Â
Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET ̇ Í ˚¯ÍÂ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
Á‡ÓÒÚ ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ô Â‰ÏÂÚ‡. (ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RESET, ‚Ò ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË, ‚Íβ˜‡fl ‰‡ÚÛ Ë
‚ ÂÏfl, ‚ÓÁ‚ ‡˘‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ.)
ëÂÚ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚ Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇
è ËÁ̇Í
ÑÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ VTR/CAMERA ËÎË CHARGE
ÌÂ„Ó ËÚ.
• éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈÔ Ó‚Ó‰.è Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ
˜Â ÂÁ1ÏËÌÛÚÛÒÌÓ‚‡ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÂÚ‚ÓÈ
Ô Ó‚Ó‰.(ÒÚ .7)
ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ.
• ëÏÓÚ ËÚ ÒıÂÏÛ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌˈÂ.
104
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
äÓ„‰‡ ÏË„‡ÂÚ Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE
è Ó‚Â ¸Ú ÔÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒıÂÏÂ.
ëÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò
ÒÂÚ‚ӄӇ‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Óθ¯Â
Ì ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE Á‡„Ó ËÚÒfl
Ë ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ ˜Â ÂÁ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó ‚ ÂÏfl,
ÚÓ Ô Ó·ÎÂÏ˚ ·Óθ¯Â ÌÂÚ.*
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÓÔflÚ¸
àÏÂÂÚÒfl Ô Ó·ÎÂχ Û ÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡Ô ÂÏ.ÚÓ͇.
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ·Óθ¯Â
Ì ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE Á‡„Ó ËÚÒfl Ë
ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂژ ÂÁÌÂÍÓÚÓ Ó‚ ÂÏfl,ÚÓ
Ô Ó·ÎÂχ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl Û ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ·˚Î ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‰Ó
˝ÚÓ„Ó.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÓÔflÚ¸
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ.
é· ‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸, ÔÓʇÎÛÈÒÚ‡, Í Ç‡¯ÂÏÛ
·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂ Û Sony ‚ Ò‚flÁË Ò
Ëϲ˘ÂÈÒfl Ô Ó·ÎÂÏÓÈ.
* ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È Ç˚ ÚÓθÍÓ ˜ÚÓ ÍÛÔËÎË, ËÎË ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ·˚Î ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ ‚ ÂÏfl ·ÂÁ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl, ÚÓ Î‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE ÏÓÊÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ô Ë Ô ‚ÓÈ Á‡ fl‰ÍÂ. ùÚÓ ÌÂ
Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ̇΢ËÂ Ô Ó·ÎÂÏ˚. ëÌÓ‚‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ËÚ Á‡ fl‰ÍÛ Ò ÚÂÏ Ê ҇Ï˚Ï ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Ï ·ÎÓÍÓÏ.
105
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
English
Specifications
Video camera
recorder
System
Video recording system
Four rotary heads, Helical scanning
FM system
Audio recording system
Rotary heads, FM system
Video signal
PAL colour, CCIR standards
Usable cassette
8 mm video format cassette (Hi8 or
standard 8 mm)
Recording/playback time
SP mode: 1.5 hours (E5/P5-90)
LP mode: 3 hours (E5/P5-90)
Fastforward/rewind time
Approx. 6 min. (E5/P5-90)
Image device
CCD (Charge Coupled Device)
Viewfinder
Electronic viewfinder (colour)
Lens
Combined power zoom lens, 10x
(Optical), 40x (Digital)
Focal distance
f = 4.2 to 42 mm
48 to 480 mm
when converted into a 35 mm still
camera)
F 1.8 – 2.9
TTL autofocus system inner focus
wide macro system
Colour temperature
Auto
Minimum illumination*
4 lux at F 1.8
Illumination range
4 to 100,000 lux
Recommended illumination
More than 100 lux
* Minimum illumination expresses
the light level a camcorder
requires to produce a picture.
Visible minimum low light
expresses the light level to
produce a visible signal.
LCD screen
Picture
4 inches measured diagonally
80.7 x 60.6 mm
On-screen display
TN LCD/TFT active matrix method
Total dot number
112,320 (480 x 234)
Input and output
connectors
S video output/input
4-pin mini DIN
Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω,
unbalanced, sync negative
Chrominance signal: 0.300 Vp-p,
75 Ω, unbalanced
Video output/input
Special minijack, 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω,
unbalanced, sync negative
Audio output/input
327 mV (at output impedance
more than 47 kΩ)
LANC jack
Stereo mini-mini jack (ø 2.5 mm)
Headphones jack
Stereo minijack (ø 3.5 mm)
MIC jack
Stereo minijack, 0.388 mV low
impedance with 2.5 V to 3.5 V DC,
input impedance 6.8 kΩ
(ø 3.5 mm)
DC OUT jack
Special minijack, DC 5 V
Connection
26-pin connector
Speaker
Dynamic-speaker
AC power adaptor
Power requirements
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
22 W
Output voltage
DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.8 A in operating
mode
Battery charge terminal: 8.4 V, 1.4 A
in charge mode
Application
Sony battery pack NP-F530 lithium
ion type
Operating temperature
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to +60°C (–4°F to +140°F)
Dimensions
Approx. 56 × 44 × 107 mm (w/h/d)
Mass
Approx. 190 g
Design and specifications are
subject to change without notice.
General
Power requirements
7.2 V (battery insertion input)
8.4 V (26-pin connector)
Average power consumption
3.8 W during camera recording
5.2 W during camera recording
using the LCD screen
Operating temperature
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Storage temperature
–20°C to +60°C (–4°F to +140°F)
Dimensions
Approx. 101 x 99 x 184 mm
(w/h/d)
Mass
Approx. 860 g excluding the battery
pack NP-F530, lithium battery,
cassette, and shoulder strap
Approx. 1 kg including the battery
pack NP-F530, lithium battery,
cassette E5/P5-90, and shoulder
strap
Microphone
Electric condenser microphone,
Stereo type
Supplied accessories
See page 6.
106
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡ ‡ÍÚ ËÒÚËÍË
ÇˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡
ëËÒÚÂχ
* åËÌËχθ̇fl Ó҂¯ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸
‚˚ ‡Ê‡ÂÚ Û Ó‚Â̸
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚË, Ú Â·ÛÂÏ˚È
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï  ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËflËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl.
ÇˉËÏÓ ÏËÌËχθÌÓ ÌËÁÍÓÂ
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌË ‚˚ ‡Ê‡ÂÚ Û Ó‚Â̸
ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚË, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È
‰Îfl‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl‚ˉËÏÓ„Ó
Ò˄̇·.
àÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÂ
4 ‰˛Èχ ÔÓ ‰Ë‡„Ó̇ÎË
80,7 × 60,6 ÏÏ
àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚È ˝Í ‡Ì
ÄÍÚË‚ÌÓ-Ï‡Ú Ë˜Ì‡fl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl
TN LCD/TFT (ÜäÑ/
ÚÓÌÍÓÔÎÂÌÓ˜Ì˚È Ú ‡ÌÁËÒÚÓ )
鷢 ˜ËÒÎÓ ˝ÂÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
112 320 (480 ı 234)
ÇıÓ‰Ì˚Â Ë ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚Â
„ÌÂÁ‰‡
ÇıÓ‰/‚˚ıÓ‰ S-‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
4-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚Ó ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó ÔÓ
DIN
ë˄̇Πfl ÍÓÒÚË: 1 Ç ÔÓ ‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ
‡ÏÔÎËÚÛ‰Â, 75 éÏ,
ÌÂÒËÏÏÂÚ Ë˜Ì˚È, Ò
ÓÚ Ëˆ‡ÚÂθÌÓÈ ÒËÌı ÓÌËÁ‡ˆËÂÈ
ë˄̇Πˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË: 0,3 Ç ÔÓ
‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ ‡ÏÔÎËÚÛ‰Â, 75 éÏ,
ÌÂÒËÏÏÂÚ Ë˜Ì˚È
ÇıÓ‰/‚˚ıÓ‰ ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇·
ëÔˆˇθÌÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó, 1 Ç ÔÓ
‰‚ÓÈÌÓÈ ‡ÏÔÎËÚÛ‰Â, 75 éÏ,
ÌÂÒËÏÏÂÚ Ë˜Ì˚È, Ò
ÓÚ Ëˆ‡ÚÂθÌÓÈ ÒËÌı ÓÌËÁ‡ˆËÂÈ
ÇıÓ‰/‚˚ıÓ‰ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·
327 ÏÇ, (Ô Ë ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏ ÔÓÎÌÓÏ
ÒÓÔ ÓÚË‚ÎÂÌËË ·ÓΠ47 ÍéÏ)
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl LANC
ëÚ ÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ ÏËÌËÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (∅ 2,5 ÏÏ)
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚
ëÚ ÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÂÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó
(∅ 3,5 ÏÏ)
ÉÌÂÁ‰ÓMIC
ëÚ ÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÂÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó,
0,388 ÏÇ, ÌËÁÍÓÂ ÔÓÎÌÓÂ
ÒÓÔ ÓÚË‚ÎÂÌËÂ Ò 2,5 – 3,5 Ç ÔÓÒÚ.
ÚÓ͇, ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ ÔÓÎÌÓÂ
ÒÓÔ ÓÚË‚ÎÂÌË 6,8 ÍéÏ
(∅ 3,5 ÏÏ)
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó DC OUT
ëÔˆˇθÌÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó, ÔÓÒÚ.
ÚÓÍ 5 Ç
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ
26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ
É ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂθ
ÑË̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ „ ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂθ
é·˘ÂÂ
í ·ӂ‡ÌËfl Í ÔËÚ‡Ì˲
7,2 Ç (‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È
·ÎÓÍ)
8,4 Ç (26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ)
ë ‰Ìflfl ÔÓÚ Â·ÎflÂχfl
ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
3,8 ÇÚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
5,2 ÇÚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ
ꇷӘ‡fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
éÚ 0°ë ‰Ó 40°ë (ÓÚ 32°F ‰Ó 104°F)
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ ı ‡ÌÂÌËfl
éÚ –20°ë ‰Ó +60°ë
(ÓÚ –4°F ‰Ó 140°F)
ê‡ÁÏ ˚
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 101 × 99 × 184 ÏÏ (¯/‚/„)
å‡ÒÒ‡
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 860 „ , Ì ‚Íβ˜‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ NP-F530,
ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË, ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚ Ë
ÔÎÂ˜Â‚Ó„Ó ÂÏÌfl
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 1 Í„, ‚Íβ˜‡fl
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F530,
ÎËÚËÂ‚Û˛ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ, ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ
Ö5/ê5-90 Ë ÔΘ‚ÓÈ ÂÏÂ̸
åËÍ ÓÙÓÌ
ùÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍËÈ ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ÚÓ Ì˚È
ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌÒÚ ÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
ÚËÔ‡
è Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚Â Ô Ë̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
ëÏ. ÒÚ . 6.
ëÂÚ‚Óȇ‰‡ÔÚÂ
Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
ëËÒÚÂχ‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒË
óÂÚ˚  ‚ ‡˘‡˛˘ËÂÒfl „ÓÎÓ‚ÍË,
ÒËÒÚÂχ óå ̇ÍÎÓÌÌÓÈ
ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ‡Á‚ ÚÍË
ëËÒÚÂχ‡Û‰ËÓÁ‡ÔËÒË
Ç ‡˘‡˛˘ËÂÒfl „ÓÎÓ‚ÍË, ÒËÒÚÂχ
óå
ÇˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î
ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈ Ò˄̇ΠPAL, Òڇ̉‡ Ú
CCIR
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ͇ÒÒÂÚ˚
ä‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ 8-ÏÏ ‚ˉÂÓÙÓ Ï‡Ú‡
(Hi 8 ËÎË 8-ÏÏ Òڇ̉‡ Ú)
Ç ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË/
‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
êÂÊËÏ SP: 1,5 ˜‡Ò‡ (Ö5/ê5-90)
êÂÊËÏ LP: 3 ˜‡Ò‡ (Ö5/ê5-90)
Ç ÂÏfl ÛÒÍÓ ÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÂ ÂÏÓÚÍË
‚Ô ‰/̇Á‡‰
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 6 ÏËÌ. (Ö5/ê5-90)
îÓ ÏË Ó‚‡ÚÂθ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl
CCD(è Ë·Ó ÒÁ‡ fl‰Ó‚ÓÈ
Ò ‚ fl Á ¸ ˛ )
ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
ùÎÂÍÚ ÓÌÌ˚È ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ
(ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ)
é·˙ÂÍÚË‚
äÓÏ·ËÌË Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚È Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ Ò
Ô Ë‚Ó‰Ì˚Ï Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ÓÏ,
10ı (ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍËÈ), 40ı (ˆËÙ Ó‚ÓÈ)
îÓÍÛÒÌÓÂ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ
f = 4,2 - 42 ÏÏ
48 - 480 ÏÏ Ô Ë Ô ÂÓ· ‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
‚ 35 ÏÏ ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰
F = 1,8 - 2,9
òË Ó͇fl Ï‡Í ÓÒËÒÚÂχ
‚ÌÛÚ ÂÌÌÂÈ ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË Ò
ÒËÒÚÂÏÓȇ‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚ÍË ˜Â ÂÁ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚
ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚‡fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
Ä‚ÚÓ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡ÌËÂ
å Ë Ì Ë Ï ‡ Î ¸ Ì ‡ fl Ó Ò ‚ Â ˘ Â Ì Ì Ó Ò Ú ¸ *
4 ÎÍ Ô Ë F = 1.8
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚË
éÚ 4 ÎÍ ‰Ó 100 000 ÎÍ
êÂÍÓÏẨÛÂχfl ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸
ÅÓÎÂÂ 100 ÎÍ
ùÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ
í ·ӂ‡ÌËfl Í ÔËÚ‡Ì˲
100 – 240 Ç Ô ÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, 50/60 Ɉ
èÓÚ Â·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
22 ÇÚ
Ç˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÂ Ì‡Ô flÊÂÌËÂ
DC OUT: 8,4 Ç, 1,8 Ä ‚ ‡·Ó˜ÂÏ
ÂÊËÏÂ
Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl Á‡ fl‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó
·ÎÓ͇: 8,4 Ç, 1,4 Ä ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
Á‡fl‰ÍË
è ËÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚ ·ÎÓÍË Sony NP-F530
ÎËÚË‚Ó-ËÓÌÌÓ„ÓÚËÔ‡
ꇷӘ‡fl ÚÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡
éÚ 0°ë ‰Ó 40°ë (ÓÚ 32°F ‰Ó 104°F)
íÂÏÔ ‡ÚÛ ‡ ı ‡ÌÂÌËfl
éÚ -20°ë ‰Ó +60°ë
(ÓÚ –4°F ‰Ó 140°F)
ê‡ÁÏ ˚
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 56 × 44 × 107 ÏÏ (¯/‚/„)
å‡ÒÒ‡
è Ë·ÎËÁ. 190 „
äÓÌÒÚ Û͈Ëfl Ë ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÂ
ı‡ ‡ÍÚ ËÒÚËÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ·ÂÁ ۂ‰ÓÏÎÂÌËfl.
107
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
1 Microphone
1 åËÍ ÓÙÓÌ
2 Tape transport buttons (p. 23, 24, 81)
p STOP (stop)
0 REW (rewind)
· PLAY (playback)
) FF (fastforward)
P PAUSE (pause)
r REC (record)
2 äÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 23, 24,
81)
p STOP (ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚)
0 REW (Ô ÂÏÓÚ͇ ̇Á‡‰)
· PLAY (‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ)
) FF (Ô ÂÏÓÚ͇ ‚Ô ‰)
P PAUSE (Ô‡ÛÁ‡)
r REC (Á‡ÔËÒ¸)
3 Remote sensor
Aim the Remote Commander here for remote
control.
4 FADER button (p. 40)
3 ÑËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ
燈ÂθÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ò˛‰‡ ‰Îfl ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎÂÌËfl
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚ ÓÎfl.
5 BACK LIGHT button (p. 60)
4 äÌÓÔ͇ FADER (ÒÚ . 40)
6 LCD screen (p. 18, 23)
5 äÌÓÔ͇ BACK LIGHT (ÒÚ . 60)
7 PUSH/OPEN button (p. 18, 23)
6 ùÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ (ÒÚ .18, 23)
8 Speaker
7 äÌÓÔ͇ PUSH OPEN (ÒÚ . 18, 23)
9 Viewfinder (p. 116)
8 É ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂθ
0 Eyecup (p. 20)
9 ÇˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂθ (ÒÚ . 116)
!¡ Viewfinder lens adjustment lever (p. 13)
0 éÍÛÎfl (ÒÚ . 20)
!™ WIDE TV button (p. 45)
!¡ ê˚˜‡„ „ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂÎfl (ÒÚ . 13)
!£ Hook for shoulder strap (p. 111)
!™ äÌÓÔ͇ WIDE TV (ÒÚ . 45)
!¢ DISPLAY button (p. 24)
!£ ëÍÓ·˚ ‰Îfl ÔÎÂ˜Â‚Ó„Ó ÂÏÌfl
108
(ÒÚ . 111)
!¢ äÌÓÔ͇ DISPLAY (ÒÚ . 24)
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
!∞ END SEARCH botton (p. 28)
!∞ äÌÓÔ͇ END SEARCH (ÒÚ . 28)
!§ EDITSEARCH buttons (p. 22)
!§ äÌÓÔÍË EDITSEARCH (ÒÚ . 22)
!¶ FOCUS button (p. 57)
!¶ äÌÓÔ͇ FOCUS (ÒÚ . 57)
!• EFFECT button (p. 43)
!• äÌÓÔ͇ EFFECT (ÒÚ . 43)
!ª TITLE button (p. 47)
!ª äÌÓÔ͇ TITLE (ÒÚ . 47)
@º VOLUME buttons (p. 23)
@º äÌÓÔÍË VOLUME (ÒÚ . 23)
@¡ LCD BRIGHT buttons (p. 18, 23)
@¡ äÌÓÔÍË LCD BRIGHT (ÒÚ . 18, 23)
@™ EXPOSURE button (p. 59)
@™ äÌÓÔ͇ EXPOSURE (ÒÚ . 59)
@£ AUTO LOCK switch (p. 57, 59)
@£ è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ AUTO LOCK (ÒÚ . 57, 59)
@¢ PROGRAM AE dial (p. 55)
@¢ ÑËÒÍ PROGRAM AE (ÒÚ . 55)
@∞ MENU button (p. 32)
@∞ äÌÓÔ͇ MENU (ÒÚ . 32)
@§ 26-pin connector (p. 29)
@§ 26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθ (ÒÚ . 29)
@¶ CONTROL dial (p. 32, 57, 59)
@¶ ÑËÒÍ CONTROL (ÒÚ . 32, 57, 59)
109
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
@• S VIDEO jack (p. 65)
@• ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó S VIDEO (ÒÚ . 65)
@ª COUNTER RESET button (p. 14)
@ª äÌÓÔ͇ COUNTER RESET (ÒÚ . 14)
#º TIME button (p. 26, 39)
#º äÌÓÔ͇ TIME (ÒÚ . 26, 39)
#¡ DATE button (p. 26, 39)
#¡ äÌÓÔ͇ DATE (ÒÚ . 26, 39)
#™ START/STOP MODE swtich (p. 15, 46)
#™ è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/STOP MODE
(ÒÚ . 15, 46)
#£ START/STOP button (p. 12)
#¢ POWER switch (p. 12, 23)
#∞ Zoom lever (p. 16)
#§ AUDIO/VIDEO jack (p. 65)
#¶ CHARGE lamp (p. 30)
#• LANC l control jack
l stands for Local Application Control Bus
System. The l control jack is used for
controlling the tape transport of video
equipment and peripherals connected to it.
This jack has the same function as the jack
indicated as CONTROL L or REMOTE.
#ª OPEN (BATT) release lever (p. 10)
$º Hook for shoulder strap (p. 111)
#£ äÌÓÔ͇ START/STOP (ÒÚ . 12)
#¢ Ç˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER (ÒÚ . 12, 23)
#∞ ê˚˜‡„ Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡
(ÒÚ . 16)
#§ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO/VIDEO (ÒÚ . 65)
#¶ ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ CHARGE (ÒÚ . 30)
#• ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl LANC l
l ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ÏÂÒÚÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl l
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÍÓÌÚ ÓÎfl Á‡
Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËÂÏ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ‚ˉÂÓÓ·Ó Û‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl
ËÔÂ ËÙÂ ËÈÌ˚ıÛÒÚ ÓÈÒÚ‚,
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌ˚ı Í ÌÂÏÛ. чÌÌÓ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó
ËÏÂÂÚ Ú‡ÍÛ˛ Ê ÙÛÌÍˆË˛, Í‡Í Ë
‡Á˙ÂÏ˚, Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌÌ˚Â Í‡Í CONTROL L
ËÎË REMOTE.
#ª ê˚˜‡„ ÓÚ·ÎÓÍË Ó‚ÍË OPEN(BATT) (ÒÚ . 10)
$º ëÍÓ·˚ ‰Îfl ÔÎÂ˜Â‚Ó„Ó ÂÏÌfl
(ÒÚ . 111)
110
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
$¡ êÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ Á‡ı‚‡Ú (ÒÚ . 19)
$™ Tripod receptacle (p. 20)
$™ Ñ ʇÚÂθ Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë
(ÒÚ . 20)
$£ ê˚˜‡„ OPEN/EJECT (ÒÚ . 11)
$£ OPEN/EJECT lever (p. 11)
$¢ ä ˚¯Í‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡
$¢ Lens cap (p. 12)
(ÒÚ . 12)
$∞ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó DC OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÂ)
$∞ DC OUT (output) jack
$§ MIC jack (PLUG IN POWER)
Connect an external microphone (not
supplied). When you connect an external
microphone, you cannot set WIND in the
menu system. This jack also accepts a “plugin-power” microphone.
$§ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó MIC (PLUG IN POWER)
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚̯ÌËÈ ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ (ÌÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÚÒfl).ÖÒÎËÇ˚ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
‚̯ÌËÈ ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ, Ç˚ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ WIND ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛. чÌÌÓÂ
„ÌÂÁ‰Ó Ô ËÌËχÂÚ ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ Ò
“‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎÂÏ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl”.
$¶ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ 2 (ÒÚ . 24)
$¶ 2 headphones jack (p. 24)
$• é · ˙ Â Í Ú Ë ‚
$• Lens
$ª Remote sensor/Recording lamp
Aim the Remote Commander here for remote
control.
Attaching the shoulder strap
Attach the supplied shoulder strap to the hooks
for the shoulder strap (p. 108, 110).
1
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
$¡ Grip strap (p. 19)
2
$ª ÑËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ/ã‡ÏÔӘ͇ Á‡ÔËÒË
燈ÂθÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ò˛‰‡ ‰Îfl ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎÂÌËfl
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚ ÓÎfl.
è ËÍ ÂÔÎÂÌË ÔÎÂ˜Â‚Ó„Ó ÂÏÌfl
è ËÍ ÂÔËÚÂ Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚È ÔΘ‚ÓÈ ÂÏÂ̸ Í
ÒÍÓ·‡Ï ‰Îfl ÔÎÂ˜Â‚Ó„Ó ÂÏÌfl (ÒÚ . 108, 110).
3
111
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
Remote Commander
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
The buttons that have the same name on the
Remote Commander as on the camcorder
function identically.
äÌÓÔÍË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‚ÎÂÌËfl,
ÍÓÚÓ ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú Ó‰Ë̇ÍÓ‚˚ ̇ËÏÂÌÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ò
ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â, ÙÛÌ͈ËÓÌË Û˛Ú
ˉÂÌÚ˘ÌÓ.
6
1
7
2
8
3
9
4
!º
5
!¡
!™
1 COUNTER RESET button (p. 14)
1 äÌÓÔ͇ COUNTER RESET (ÒÚ . 14)
2 TIME CODE WRITE button (p. 77)
2 äÌÓÔ͇ TIME CODE WRITE (ÒÚ . 77)
3 INDEX buttons
INDEX MARK button (p. 71)
INDEX ERASE button (p. 75)
3 äÌÓÔÍË INDEX
äÌÓÔ͇ INDEX MARK (ÒÚ . 71)
äÌÓÔ͇ INDEX ERASE (ÒÚ . 75)
4 DATE SEARCH button (p. 67)
INDEX SEARCH button (p. 73, 74)
4 äÌÓÔ͇ DATE SEARCH (ÒÚ . 67)
äÌÓÔ͇ INDEX SEARCH (ÒÚ . 73, 74)
5 DISPLAY button (p. 24)
5 äÌÓÔ͇ DISPLAY (ÒÚ . 24)
6 Transmitter
Point toward the remote sensor to control the
camcorder after turning on the camcorder.
6 è ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ
燈ÂθÚ ‚ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËË ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
‰‡Ú˜Ë͇ ‰Îfl ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ÓÈ
ÔÓÒΠ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl.
7 DATA CODE button (p. 26)
8 ZERO MEM button (p. 61)
9 START/STOP button (p. 12)
!º Power zoom button (p. 16)
7 äÌÓÔ͇ DATA CODE (ÒÚ . 26)
8 äÌÓÔ͇ ZERO MEM (ÒÚ . 61)
9 äÌÓÔ͇ START/STOP (ÒÚ . 12)
!¡ Tape transport buttons (p. 23, 24)
!º äÌÓÔ͇ Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡
(ÒÚ .16)
!™ REC button (p. 81)
!¡ äÌÓÔÍË Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 23, 24)
!™ äÌÓÔ͇ REC (ÒÚ . 81)
112
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
To prepare the Remote Commander
To use the Remote Commander, you must insert
two R6 (size AA) batteries. Use the supplied R6
(size AA) batteries.
(1) Remove the battery cover from the Remote
Commander.
(2) Insert both of the R6 (size AA) batteries with
correct polarity.
(3) Put the battery cover back onto the Remote
Commander.
ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ç˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸ ‰‚Â
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ). àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
Ô Ë·„‡ÂÏ˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ).
(1) ëÌËÏËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÛ˛ Í ˚¯ÍÛ Ò ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
(2) ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ӷ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏ ÓÏ ÄÄ)
Ò Ô ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ÔÓÎfl ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
(3) é· ‡ÚÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÛ˛ Í ˚¯ÍÛ
̇ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
2
Note on battery life
The batteries for the Remote Commander last
about 6 months under normal operation. When
the batteries become weak or dead, the Remote
Commander does not work.
To avoid damage from possible battery
leakage
Remove the batteries when you will not use the
Remote Commander for a long time.
To use the Remote Commander
Make sure that the COMMANDER is set to ON
in the menu system on the camcorder.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
1
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰„ÓÚÓ‚ÍË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
3
è ËϘ‡ÌËÂ Í Ò ÓÍÛ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÂÍ
Ňڇ ÂÂÍ ‰Îfl ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ı‚‡Ú‡ÂÚ Ô Ë·ÎËÁËÚÂθÌÓ Ì‡ 6
ÏÂÒflˆÂ‚ Ô Ë ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË. äÓ„‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ
Ò··˚ÏË ËÎË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á fl‰flÚÒfl, ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.
ÇÓ ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ÔÓ‚ ÂʉÂÌËfl ËÁ-Á‡
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÈ ÛÚ˜ÍË ËÁ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÂÍ.
쉇ÎËÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË, ÂÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÂÏÂÌË.
ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl COMMANDER
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ON ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
MENU
COMMANDER
ON
OFF
[ MENU ] : END
113
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Identifying the parts
Remote control direction
15°
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
ç‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
5m
1.5m
10°
10°
20°
10°
10°
Notes on the Remote Commander
•Keep the remote sensor away from strong light
sources such as direct sunlight or illumination.
Otherwise, the remote control may not be
effective.
•Be sure that there is no obstacle between the
remote sensor on the camcorder and the
Remote Commander.
•This camcorder works at commander mode
VTR 2. The commander modes (1, 2 and 3) are
used to distinguish this camcorder from other
Sony VCRs to avoid remote control
misoperation. If you use another Sony VCR at
commander mode VTR 2, we recommend you
change the commander mode or cover the
remote sensor of the VCR with black paper.
To watch the demonstration
You can watch a brief demonstration of pictures
with special effects. If the demonstration appears
when you turn on the camcorder for the first
time, exit the Demo mode to use your camcorder.
To enter Demo mode
(1) Eject the cassette and set the POWER switch
to VTR.
(2) While holding down · , set the POWER
switch to CAMERA. The demonstration
starts. The demonstration stops when you
insert the cassette.
10°
10°
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ÔÛθÚÛ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
• Ñ ÊËÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â
ÓÚ ÒËθÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ͇Í
Ì‡Ô ËÏ , Ô flÏ˚ ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ ÎÛ˜Ë ËÎË
ËÎβÏË̇ˆËfl. Ç Ô ÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ÌÂ
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸.
• ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ÏÂÊ‰Û ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚Ï
‰‡Ú˜ËÍÓÏ Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Â Ë ÔÛθÚÓÏ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÂÚ
ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚Ëfl.
• чÌ̇fl ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl VTR2.
êÂÊËÏ˚ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (1, 2 Ë 3) ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ‰Îfl
ÓÚ΢Ëfl ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ÓÚ ‰ Û„Ëı
äÇå ÙË Ï˚ Sony ‚Ó ËÁ·ÂʇÌËÂ
ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‰ Û„ÓÈ
äÇå ÙË Ï˚ Sony, ‡·ÓÚ‡˛˘ËÈ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
VTR2, Ï˚ ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÏ Ç‡Ï ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸
ÂÊËÏ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ËÎË Á‡Í ˚Ú¸ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ äÇå
˜Â ÌÓÈ ·Ûχ„ÓÈ.
ÑÎfl Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ‡ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ Ô ÓÒÏÓÚ ÂÚ¸ ÍÓ ÓÚÍÛ˛
‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆË˛ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËÈ ÒÓ
ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ÏË ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ÏË. ÖÒÎË
‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËfl ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û ‚ Ô ‚˚È ‡Á,
ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ‰Îfl
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl LJ¯ÂÈ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚.
ÑÎfl ‚‚Ó‰‡ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
(1) Ç˚ÚÓÎÍÌËÚ ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË VTR.
(2) ç‡ÊËχfl · ‚ÌËÁ, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
CAMERA. ÑÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËfl ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl.
ÑÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËfl Ô ÂÍ ‡ÚËÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚
‚ÒÚ‡‚ËÚÂ͇ÒÒÂÚÛ.
114
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Note that once you enter Demo mode, this mode
is retained as long as the vanadium-lithium
battery is in place. Therefore, demonstration
starts automatically 10 minutes later every time
you set the POWER switch to CAMERA, and
after you eject the cassette.
Using the ETA-26 Handycam
Station adaptor
You can use the Handycam Station, etc., by
attaching the ETA-26 Handycam Station adaptor.
(1) Match the screw on the adaptor with the
screw hole for a tripod on the camcorder, then
tighten the screw. You can slide the plate
including the screw to the left or right until
the camcorder is in the desired position.
(2) Connect the connection plug of the adaptor to
the 26-pin connector on the camcorder.
1
Notes on the ETA-26 Handycam Station
adaptor
•While the adaptor is attached to the camcorder,
you cannot install nor remove the cassette.
•While the adaptor is attached to the camcorder,
you cannot mount the camcorder on a tripod.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡
Òڇ̈ËË Handycam ETA-26
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ Handycam
ËÚ.‰.ÔÛÚÂÏÔ ËÍ ÂÔÎÂÌËfl‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡Òڇ̈ËË
Handycam ETA-26.
(1) ëӄ·ÒÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ËÌÚ Ì‡ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ Â Ò ‚ËÌÚÓ‚˚Ï
ÓÚ‚Â ÒÚËÂÏ ‰Îfl Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â, ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ Á‡ÚflÌÛÚ¸ ‚ËÌÚ. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ҉‚Ë„‡Ú¸
Ô·ÒÚËÌÛ, ‚Íβ˜‡fl ‚ËÌÚ, ‚ÎÂ‚Ó ËÎË ‚Ô ‡‚Ó
‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ‡ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚
Ê·ÂÏÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
(2) èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ
‡‰‡ÔÚ ‡ Í 26-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂβ
̇ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â.
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
To exit Demo mode
(1) Set the POWER switch to VTR.
(2) While holding down p, set the POWER
switch to CAMERA.
á‡ÏÂÚ¸ÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚‚‰ÂÚÂ
‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ, ˝ÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ
ÒÓı ‡ÌflÂÚÒfl ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ , ÔÓ͇ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚ÓÎËÚË‚‡fl ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈ͇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ̇ ÏÂÒÚÂ.
í‡ÍËÏ Ó· ‡-ÁÓÏ, ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËfl ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ˜Â ÂÁ 10 ÏËÌÛÚ ÔÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó,
Í‡Í Ç˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA Ë ÔÓÒΠ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËfl
͇ÒÒÂÚ˚.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
(1) ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ VTR.
(2) ì‰Â ÊË‚‡fl p ‚ÌËÁÛ, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂθ POWER ‚ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË CAMERA.
2
è ËϘ‡ÌËfl Í ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ Û Òڇ̈ËË Handycam
ETA-26
• äÓ„‰‡‡‰‡ÔÚÂ Ô ËÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ͂ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â,
Ç˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ËÎË ÒÌflÚ¸
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ËÎË Í‡ÒÒÂÚÛ.
• äÓ„‰‡ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ Ô ËÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ Í ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï Â, Ç˚
Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ͇ÏÂ Û Ì‡ Ú ÂÌÓ„Â.
115
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Identifying the parts
éÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌË ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ
Operation indicators
ꇷӘË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚
H
W
FADER
1 6 : 9 F U LL
MOSAIC
T
LP
STBY
0 : 00 : 00
END
SEARCH
BRT
4 7 1996
1 Power zoom indicator (p. 16)
Exposure indicator (p. 58)
2 WIND indicator (p. 34)
3 MANUAL FOCUS indicator (p. 57)
40 min
12 : 00 : 00
1 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ô Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ ‡
(ÒÚ .16)
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˝ÍÒÔÓÁˈËË (ÒÚ . 58)
2 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ WIND (ÒÚ . 34)
4 PROGRAM AE indicator (p. 54)
3 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ MANUAL FOCUS (ÒÚ . 57)
5 STEADYSHOT indicator (p. 52)
4 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ PROGRAM AE (ÒÚ . 54)
6 BACK LIGHT indicator (p. 60)
5 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ STEADYSHOT (ÒÚ . 52)
7 FADER indicator (p. 40)
6 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ BACK LIGHT (ÒÚ . 60)
8 WIDE TV indicator (p. 45)
7 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ FADER (ÒÚ . 40)
9 Picture Effect indicator (p. 43)
8 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ WIDE TV (ÒÚ . 45)
0 LCD BRIGHT indicator (p. 18)
VOLUME indicator (p. 23)
9 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl (p. 43)
!¡ Data Code indicator (p. 26)
0 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ LCD BRIGHT (ÒÚ . 18)
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ VOLUME (ÒÚ .23)
!™ Mirror mode indicator (p. 37)
!¡ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÍÓ‰‡ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı (ÒÚ . 26)
!£ Playing back or recording in Hi8 format
!™ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Á ͇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ (ÒÚ . 37)
!¢ Recording mode indicator
!£ á‡ÔËÒ¸ ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔ ËÓÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ ÙÓ Ï‡ÚÂ
Hi8
!¢ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËχ Á‡ÔËÒË
116
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
!∞ Recording standby mode/recording mode
indicator (p. 12)
Tape transport mode indicator
!∞ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËχ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË/ ÂÊËχ
Á‡ÔËÒË(ÒÚ .12)
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÂÊËχ Ô ÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ÎÂÌÚ˚
!§ Tape counter (p. 14)
RC time code indicator (p. 77)
!§ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ Ò˜ÂÚ˜Ë͇ ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 14)
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‚ ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ RC (ÒÚ . 77)
!¶ Remaining tape indicator
!¶ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl ÎÂÌÚ˚
5min
5min
0min
0min
!• END SEARCH indicator (p. 28)
INDEX SEARCH indicator (p. 74)
INDEX SCAN indicator (p. 73)
INDEX MARK indicator (p. 71)
INDEX ERASE indicator (p. 75)
TIME CODE WRITE indicator (p. 77)
ZERO MEM indicator (p. 61)
DATE SEARCH indicator (p. 67)
DATE SCAN indicator (p. 67)
!• à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ
!ª Warning indicator (p. 118)
!ª è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÈ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ (ÒÚ . 118)
@º Remaining battery indicator (p. 88)
@º à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl Á‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ (ÒÚ . 88)
@¡ Date or time indicator (p. 39)
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
Remaining time in minutes indicator appears
only when using the InfoLITHIUM battery
pack such as the NP-F530.
END SEARCH (ÒÚ . 28)
INDEX SEARCH (ÒÚ . 74)
INDEX SCAN (ÒÚ . 73)
INDEX MARK (ÒÚ . 71)
INDEX ERASE (ÒÚ . 75)
TIME CODE WRITE (ÒÚ . 77)
ZERO MEM (ÒÚ . 61)
DATE SEARCH (ÒÚ . 67)
DATE SCAN (ÒÚ . 67)
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ ÂÏÂÌË ‚
ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ Ô Ë
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇
InfoLITHIUM, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏ , NP-F530.
@¡ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ‰‡Ú˚ ËÎË ‚ ÂÏÂÌË (ÒÚ . 39)
117
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Warning indicators
If indicators flash in the viewfinder or on the
LCD screen, check the following:
: you can hear the beep sound when BEEP is
set to ON in the menu system.
1
è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÂ
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚
ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ÏË„‡˛Ú ‚ ‚ˉÓËÒ͇ÚÂΠËÎË
̇ ˝Í ‡Ì ÜäÑ, ÚÓ Ô Ó‚Â ¸Ú ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ:
:Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎ˚¯‡Ú¸ ÁÛÏÏ Ì˚È
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Ò˄̇Î, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl BEEP
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ON ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
2
3
0min
5min
4
5
7
8
1 The battery is weak or dead.
Slow flashing: The battery is weak.
Fast flashing: The battery is dead.
When you use the NP-F530 battery pack,
depending on conditions, the i indicator
may flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes
remaining.
6
2 The tape is near the end.
The flashing is slow.
1 Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ò··˚È ËÎË
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌÌ˚È.
å‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ÏË„‡ÌËÂ: Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
Ò··˚È.
Å˚ÒÚ Ó ÏË„‡ÌËÂ: Ňڇ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á flÊÂÌÌ˚È.
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ
NP-F530, ÚÓ ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ i ÏÓÊÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸, ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË
¢ ÓÒÚ‡ÎÓÒ¸ 5 ËÎË 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.
3 The tape has run out.
The flashing becomes rapid.
2 ãÂÌÚ‡ Ô Ë·ÎËʇÂÚÒfl Í ÍÓ̈Û.
å‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ÏË„‡ÌËÂ.
4 No tape has been inserted.
3 ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓ̘Ë·Ҹ.
åË„‡ÌË ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ·˚ÒÚ ˚Ï.
5 The tab on the tape is out (red).
6 Moisture condensation has occurred. (p.
91)
7 The video heads may be contaminated.
(p. 92)
8 Some other trouble has occurred.
Disconnect the power source and contact your
Sony dealer or local authorized facility.
118
4 ãÂÌÚ‡ Ì ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇.
5 ç‡ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ ÌÂÚ ÎÂÔÂÒÚ͇ (Í ‡Ò̇fl ÏÂÚ͇).
6 è ÓËÁӯ· ÍÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë. (ÒÚ . 91)
7 ÇˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡„ flÁÌÂÌ˚.
(ÒÚ .92)
8 àÏÂÂÚÒfl ͇͇fl-ÎË·Ó ‰ Û„‡fl Ô Ó·ÎÂχ.
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÔËÚ‡ÌËflË
Ò‚flÊËÚÂÒ¸ Ò Ç‡¯ËÏ ‰ËΠÓÏ Sony ËÎË
ÏÂÒÚÌ˚Ï ÛÔÓÎÌÓÏÓ˜ÂÌÌ˚Ï Ô Â‰Ô ËflÚËÂÏ.
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
English
Index
F, G, H
R
AFM HiFi Sound ....................... 86
BACK LIGHT ............................ 60
BATT(OPEN/BATT) ................ 10
BEEP ......................................14, 33
Fade-in/fade-out ....................... 40
FADER ........................................ 40
FOCUS ........................................ 57
Full charge ................................... 7
RC time code .............................. 77
Remaining battery indicator .... 88
Remaining tape indicator ....... 117
Remote control jack (LANC) . 110
C
I, J, K, L
S
Camera recording ..................... 12
Car battery ................................. 31
Charging battery pack ................ 7
Charging vanadium-lithium
battery ...................................... 83
Cleaning LCD screen ................ 93
Cleaning video heads ............... 92
Clock set ..................................... 84
Color TV system .................... 4, 95
Connection ................................. 65
COUNTER RESET .................... 14
Index ............................................ 71
InfoLITHIUM ............................ 89
LCD BRIGHT ............................. 18
LCD COLOUR ........................... 33
Shoulder strap ......................... 111
Skip scan ..................................... 24
Standard 8 mm system ............. 86
Standby mode ............................ 13
START/STOP MODE switch .. 15
STEADYSHOT .......................... 52
D, E
Data Code .................................. 26
DATE/TIME .............................. 39
Demo ......................................... 114
Digital zoom .............................. 17
DISPLAY .................................... 24
DNR ............................................. 36
EDIT ............................................. 35
Editing ........................................ 79
Eject (OPEN/EJECT) ................ 11
END SEARCH ........................... 28
EXPOSURE ................................ 59
M, N
Mains ........................................... 29
Manual focus ............................. 56
Menu system ............................. 32
M. FADER .................................. 40
MIC (microphone) jack ........... 111
Moisture condensation ............. 91
Normal charge ............................. 7
NTSC PB ..................................... 86
O, P, Q
ORC ............................................. 63
PICTURE EFFECT ..................... 42
Playback ..................................... 23
Playback pause .......................... 24
Power sources ............................ 29
Power zoom ............................... 16
PROGRAM AE .......................... 54
T, U, V
Tape counter .............................. 14
TBC .............................................. 36
Time code ................................... 77
Title (making) ............................ 50
TITLE (menu) ............................ 35
Title (superimposition) ............. 47
Tripod mounting ....................... 20
Trouble check ............................ 96
VOLUME ................................... 23
W, X, Y, Z
Warning indicators ................. 118
Wide TV mode .......................... 44
WIND ..........................................34
Zero memory ............................. 61
Zoom ............................................ 16
Additional information / ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËfl
A, B
119
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
ÄÎÙ‡‚ËÌÚ˚È Û͇Á‡ÚÂθ
Ä, Å, Ç
ç, é
A, B, C, D
Ä‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËθÌ˚È
‡ÍÍÛÏÛÎflÚÓ ........................ 31
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ/‚˚‚‰ÂÌËÂ
ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËfl ....................... 40
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ................. 23
Ç ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ ...................... 77
Ç ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÍÓ‰ RC ............... 77
Ç˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËÂ
(OPEN/EJECT) ....................... 11
燉ÔËÒ¸ (̇ÎÓÊÂÌËÂ) .......... 47
ç‡ÂÁ‰ ‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ............ 16
çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ............. 7
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‚ˉÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ ........ 92
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ˝Í ‡Ì‡ ÜäÑ .......... 93
BACK LIGHT ........................... 60
BATT (OPEN/BATT) .............. 10
BEEP ................................. 14, 33
COUNTER RESET ................ 14
DATE/TIME ............................. 39
DISPLAY ................................. 24
DNR ........................................ 36
É, Ñ, Ö, Ü, á
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó MIC (ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌÌÓÂ) .. 111
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ ‡Î‚ÂÌËfl (LANC) .......... 110
ÑÂÏÓÌÒÚ ‡ˆËfl ...................... 114
á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇Ï ˚ ..................... 12
á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÌË ÌÛÎfl ................ 61
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ .. 7
ᇠfl‰Í‡ ‚‡Ì‡‰Ë‚Ó-ÎËÚË‚ÓÈ
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË ............................ 83
á‚Û˜‡ÌË AFM Hi-Fi .............. 86
燉ÔËÒ¸(ÒÓÁ‰‡ÌËÂ) ............. 50
à, ä, ã, å
à̉ÂÍÒÌ˚È Ò˄̇Π............... 71
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒflÁ‡ fl‰‡
·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓ͇ ............... 88
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒfl
Î Â Ì Ú ˚ ................................ 117
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl .............. 29
äÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı ........................... 26
äÓ̉ÂÌÒ‡ˆËfl ‚·„Ë .............. 91
åÓÌÚ‡Ê ................................... 79
è, ê
è‡ÛÁ‡‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ...... 24
è ÂÍβ˜‡ÚÂθ START/
STOP MODE ........................ 15
èΘ‚ÓÈ ÂÏÂ̸ ................ 111
èÓËÒÍÏÂÚÓ‰ÓÏÔ Ó„Ó̇ ....... 24
èÓÎ̇fl Á‡ fl‰Í‡ ....................... 7
è ‰ÛÔ Âʉ‡˛˘ËÂ
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ˚ ...................... 118
è Ë‚Ó‰ÌÓÈÚ ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ÚÓ
... 16
è ӂ ͇ÌÂËÒÔ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
... 101
êÂÊËÏ „ÓÚÓ‚ÌÓÒÚË ................ 13
êۘ̇fl ÙÓÍÛÒË Ó‚Í‡ ............ 56
C
E, F, G, H
EDIT ........................................ 35
END SEARCH ......................... 28
EXPOSURE ............................ 59
FADER .................................... 40
FOCUS .................................... 57
I, J, K, L, M, N
InfoLITHIUM ............................ 89
M. FADER ............................... 40
LCD BRIGHT .......................... 18
LCD COLOUR ......................... 33
NTSC PB ................................. 86
ëÂÚ‚ÓÂÔËÚ‡ÌË ................... 29
ëËÒÚÂχ ÏÂÌ˛ ....................... 32
ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl ................... 4, 95
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ........................... 65
ëڇ̉‡ Ú̇fl 8-ÏÏ ÒËÒÚÂχ . 86
ë˜ÂÚ˜ËÍ ÎÂÌÚ˚ ...................... 14
O, P, Q, R, S
í, ì
TBC ......................................... 36
TITLE (ÏÂÌ˛) ......................... 35
VOLUME ................................. 23
WIND ....................................... 34
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ̇ Ú ÂÌÓ„Â .......... 20
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ .................... 84
ñËÙ Ó‚‡fl Ú ‡ÌÒÙÓ͇ˆËfl .... 17
ORC ........................................ 63
PICTURE EFFECT ................ 42
PROGRAM AE ........................ 54
STEADYSHOT ........................ 52
T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z
î – ü
òË ÓÍÓÙÓ Ï‡ÚÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ..... 44
Sony Corporation
Printed in Japan
CCD-TRV101E_3-858-310-11(E,R)
Download PDF